Grammar Sense [Extras]

Additional materials to help support your teaching.

Teaching Techniques Read experts' tips for teaching grammar in your classroom and

for using Grammar Sense with your students.

Tests and Answer Keys Photocopiable chapter tests to use with your class.

Answer Keys are also provided.

Tapescripts

Student Book Answer Keys The complete answer keys for Student Books 1, 2 and 3.

1 Presenting the Form Sections in Grammar Sense © Oxford University Press

Presenting the Form Sections in Grammar Sense

EXAMINING FORM EXERCISESOne of the most challenging aspects of teaching grammar is finding clear and concise ways to present new forms to students. The Examining Form exercise in each chapter is a series of inductive tasks in which students work on identifying the target structure and its mostimportant structural features. In these exercises, students are asked to return to the readingtext in the Grammar in Discourse section of the chapter, and follow the steps to recognize or systematically analyze key aspects of the form (such as the number of different parts in a structure, the addition of suffixes, word order, agreement, and so on). This serves as anintroduction to the structural features illustrated and explained in the Form Charts, whichstudents may then consult to check their answers.

FORM CHARTSIn chapters with particularly challenging structures, you may need to help students workthrough and internalize the information in the Form Charts before they start on the formexercises. The following is a compilation of some of the most successful techniques for guiding students through this section. Choose appropriate techniques based on your teachingstyle, class size, class level, and students’ previous experience with the grammar point. Mostimportantly, vary the techniques you use to accommodate the different learning styles of yourstudents—some students may prefer to read and discuss every example in the chart beforemoving on to the exercises, while others may need to study the material less intensively.

Whole Class Techniques1. After students have finished the Examining Form exercise, ask them to close their books.

Elicit examples of the target grammar from the reading text by asking questions that willproduce the target grammar. When possible, personalize your questions. For example, toelicit possessive pronouns, hold up a book and ask, Whose book is this? with the aim ofeliciting responses such as It’s his. It’s mine. When students answer, write their responses on the board. If a student gives an incorrect response (e.g., It is her.), you should still writeit on the board. Incorrect answers are as valuable as correct ones, because they can be usedto focus students’ attention on the structure. Likewise, if a student answers correctly butuses a different structure than the one you wish to focus on (e.g., It’s her book.), write thisanswer on the board and ask if anyone knows an alternative response (e.g., It’s hers.). Writestudents’ responses on the board, then have them open their books to the Form Charts andfind sentences that use the same structures as those on the board.

2. To focus more closely on the various parts of a structure, copy the chart headings onto the board, or construct other types of contrastive charts (e.g., -s/-es/-ies, or singular/plural,etc.). Elicit examples from the reading text to illustrate each point, or ask students to createtheir own examples. Have individual students come to the board and fill in the charts. Thenask the rest of the class to decide if their examples are correct or not, and to explain why.

3. After students have finished the Examining Form exercise, ask them to silently review the Form Charts for a few minutes. Assess their understanding of the charts by askingquestions about the form. For example, for Yes/No questions in the present tense, you might ask Where is the subject? What word does the question begin with? How many Yes/Noquestion forms are there? In this way, you will be able to judge whether students have fullyunderstood the form of the target grammar.

Pair or Group Work Techniques1. Divide students into pairs or small groups. Assign each group a Form Chart and ask

them to read and study the information. Then ask each group in turn to present the formin their chart to the rest of the class. Students can use their own example sentences to aidtheir presentation, in addition to those provided in the book.

2. Divide students into pairs or small groups. Write two correct sentences and one incorrectsentence on the board. (Make sure the error is one of form, not meaning and use.) Tellstudents that one sentence is incorrect. Ask them to work together to identify the incorrectsentence by looking at the Form Charts. Some students may know the answer withoutusing the charts, but ask them to point to the information or example in the chart thatshows why it is incorrect. This insures that they know how to interpret the charts.

2 Presenting the Form Sections in Grammar Sense © Oxford University Press

1 Presenting the Meaning and Use Sections in Grammar Sense © Oxford University Press

Presenting the Meaning and Use Sections in Grammar Sense

EXAMINING MEANING AND USE EXERCISESOnce students have grasped the form of a given structure, the next challenge is to find creativeand engaging ways to help them understand the meaning and use. The Examining Meaningand Use exercises do just this by offering carefully constructed examples, often in the form ofminimal pairs, and asking students to use contextual cues to draw inferences about key aspectsof meaning and use. These inductive tasks serve as an introduction to the features of meaningand use that are further elucidated in the Notes that follow.

MEANING AND USE NOTESStudents need to read and absorb the Meaning and Use Notes before starting the exercises.What follows are some techniques for helping students work through the Meaning and Use Notes. Regardless of the technique you choose, it is important that you have a clearunderstanding of the scope of the Meaning and Use Notes before you present them. In some instances, a particular structure may have multiple meanings and uses, but the chapter will not address all of them. In Levels 1 and 2, certain meanings and uses ofstructures are omitted to avoid overwhelming the students with too much information,while in Level 3, basic meanings and uses may be de-emphasized in order to focus onmore complex issues.

Whole Class Techniques1. Give students an opportunity to read and ask questions about the Meaning and Use Notes.

Check their understanding by writing several original sentences on the board and askingthem to match the meaning and use in each sentence to the Meaning and Use Notes. Withmore advanced students you can include a few incorrect sentences among the examples andhave students identify correct and incorrect meanings and uses. Before you do this, be sureyou have a firm grasp of the meaning and use you are focusing on so you can clearlyexplain why the examples you provided are correct or incorrect.

2. If there are several Meaning and Use Notes, or if you think students will find the contentchallenging, have them read and demonstrate their understanding of one Note at a time.Once they have read the Note, elicit sentences that demonstrate the meaning and use ofthe Note they just read. For example, to elicit sentences with used to when talking about asituation that was true in the past but is not true now (Student Book 2, page 65, Note 1A),have students talk about something they did when they were younger but don’t do today.This should elicit sentences such as I used to eat a lot of candy. I used to play baseball everysummer.

Pair or Group Work Techniques1. Divide students into pairs or small groups. Assign each pair or group a Note and ask

students to study it. Then ask each pair or group to present their Note to the rest of theclass. Students can create their own example sentences to aid their presentation, in additionto those provided in the book. Again, be sure you fully understand the meaning and use inquestion so you can tell students whether their examples are correct or incorrect and, mostimportantly, why they are correct or incorrect.

2. Divide students into pairs or small groups. Have each pair or group read one Note andcreate two example sentences to illustrate the information presented in the Note. Ask each pair or group to come to the front of the class to explain the Note and write theirexample sentences on the board. Ask the class if the sentences are correct examples ofthe information in the Note. If not, call on individual students to suggest alternate correct sentences.

2 Presenting the Meaning and Use Sections in Grammar Sense © Oxford University Press

1 General Teaching Techniques for the Grammar Classroom © Oxford University Press

General Teaching Techniques for the Grammar Classroom

Grammar Sense contains a wealth of exercises covering all four skills areas: reading,writing, listening, and speaking. Depending on your students, curriculum, and time frame, these exercises can be taught in many ways. Successful grammar teaching requiresskillful classroom management and teaching techniques, especially in the areas of elicitation(drawing information from students), grouping procedures (groups, pairs, or individuals),time management (lengthening or shortening exercises), and error correction (peer or teacher correction, correction of spoken or written errors).

ELICITATION

Elicitation is one of the most useful teaching techniques in the grammar classroom. In essence, elicitation draws information out of the students through the use of leadingquestions. This helps students to discover, on their own, information about grammar forms as well as meanings and uses. For example, to elicit the difference in meaning between a gerund and an infinitive when used after the verb stop, write the following sentences on the board: Alan stopped to smoke. Alan stopped smoking. Then, in order to elicit the difference in meaning between the two sentences, ask questions such as, In whichsentence are we talking about a smoker? Which sentence is about a reformed (or ex-) smoker?These questions require students to analyze what they know about the grammar and makeinferences about meaning.

Knowing when to elicit information can be difficult. Too much elicitation can slow the classand too little elicitation puts students in a passive position. Avoid asking students to judgewhether something sounds natural or acceptable to them because, as non-native speakers,they will not have the same intuitions about English as native speakers.

GROUPING STUDENTS

Group work is a valuable part of language learning. It takes away the focus from the teacher asthe provider of information and centers on the students, giving them the opportunity to worktogether and rely on each other for language acquisition. Shyer students who may be less likelyto speak out in class have an opportunity to share answers or ideas. Your class level will informhow you approach group work. Be sure to circulate among groups to monitor the progress ofan activity, particularly at lower levels, and to answer any questions students cannot resolve on their own. Although students at the higher levels are more independent and can oftenmanage their own groups, be attentive to the activities at hand, ready to offer feedback and keep everyone on-task. In classes where the level of students is uneven, try varying the composition of the groups to make the learning process interesting for everybody.Sometimes you can pair up a higher-level student with a lower-level student to give him or her an opportunity to help another classmate. However, other times you may want to group all the higher-level students together and offer them additional, more challengingactivities. It is useful, especially in discussion activities, to conclude with a culminating task in which one or more students report back something (results, a summary) to the rest of theclass using the target structure. This helps to refocus the class on the structure and provide aconclusion to the activity.

TIME MANAGEMENT

Some exercises are divided into steps, making it possible to shorten an activity by assigningpart of it for homework or by dividing the class into two groups and assigning half the itemsto each group. Similarly, exercises can be lengthened. Many of the exercises in Grammar Sense require students to ask for or offer real-life information. You can ask students to createadditional sentences within these activities, or have them do an activity again with a differentpartner. If your class does an activity well, ask them to focus on other aspects of the form,for example, transforming their affirmative sentences into negative ones, and vice-versa.

CHECKING EXERCISES

How you check exercises with students will depend on the level you are teaching. Havingstudents check their answers in pairs or groups can be an effective technique, because it makes students revisit their work and resolve with other students the mistakes they havemade. With lower levels, this requires careful teacher supervision. It is also possible at all levels to check exercises as a class, elicit corrections from students, and offer necessaryfeedback. It is often useful, especially for correcting editing exercises, to use an overheadprojector. Be careful not to single out students when correcting work. Aim instead to create a supportive atmosphere whereby the class learns through a group effort.

CORRECTING ERRORS

Students can often communicate effectively without perfect grammar. However, in order tosucceed in higher education or the business world, they need to demonstrate a high level ofgrammatical accuracy, and to understand that even a small change in form can sometimesresult in a significant change in meaning. As students become aware of this, they expect to be corrected. However, their expectations as to how and when correction should be offeredwill vary. Many teachers have difficulty finding the optimal amount of correction—enough to focus students on monitoring errors, but not so much as to demoralize or discourage them. It is important to target specific types of errors when correcting students, rather than aiming to correct everything they say or write. The focus of the current lesson and your knowledge of your students’ strengths and weaknesses will dictate whether you focus on form, pronunciation, meaning, or appropriate use. Discuss error correction with yourstudents and determine how they would like to be corrected. Aim to combine or vary yourcorrection techniques depending on the focus of the lesson and the needs of your students.

Spoken ErrorsThere are a variety of ways to correct spoken errors. If a student makes an error repeatedly,stop him or her and encourage self-correction by repeating the error with a questioning(rising) tone, or by gesturing. Develop a set of gestures that you use consistently so studentsknow exactly what you are pointing out. For example, problems with the past tense can be indicated by pointing backwards over your shoulder, future time can be indicated bypointing your hand ahead of you, and third person can be shown by holding up three fingers. (Be careful not to choose gestures that are considered offensive by some cultures.) If your students feel comfortable being corrected by their peers, encourage them to help each other when they hear mistakes. Another option is to keep track of spoken errors during an activity, and then at the end elicit corrections from the class by writing the incorrect sentences you heard on the board. This way, students are not singled out for their mistakes, but get the feedback they need.


Written ErrorsIt is important to encourage students to monitor their written errors and learn strategies toself-correct their writing. Establish a standard set of symbols to use when marking students’work. For example, pl for plural, agr for agreement, s for subject, v for verb. When you find anerror, do not correct it, but instead mark it with a symbol. Students will have to work out theexact nature of their error and correct it themselves. This will reduce your correction time and encourage students to learn for themselves by reflecting on their errors. Peer correction is another useful technique by which students can provide feedback on a partner’s work. Inorder for it to be effective, give students clear and limited objectives and do not expect themto identify all the errors in their classmate’s work. Note that students may be resistant to peercorrection at first, and nervous about learning others’ mistakes. But once they develop a trustin one another, they will be surprised at how much they can learn from their classmates.


Grammar Sense Tests and answer keys.

There is one test for every chapter in the Student Books. Tests and corresponding answer keys are available in PDF format.

• Grammar Sense 1

• Grammar Sense 2

• Grammar Sense 3

1 Grammar Sense Tests: An Introduction © Oxford University Press

Grammar Sense Tests: An Introduction

What is the Grammar Sense testing package?

The Grammar Sense testing package is a collection of chapter tests and milestone tests.

• The chapter tests are 20-question tests designed for use as a diagnostic tool or to assessachievement. Each chapter test is followed by a brief note to the student, called LookingAhead to the TOEFL® Test, in which students are shown how a particular grammaticalstructure covered in the corresponding Grammar Sense chapter might be tested on theTOEFL® test.

• The milestone tests are 40-question tests designed to assess student achievement atmilestones throughout the course. These tests may be used as midterm tests halfway

through each book, or as finals at the end of the course.

• Each test covers the basic points of form, meaning, and use that are presented in thecorresponding book. The form and content of the questions are written in the style ofthe TOEFL® questions that are appropriate to each of the three levels of Grammar Sense.

Why is testing important?

A grammar test, like any classroom test, is a systematic way for students and teachers to obtainfeedback about the teaching and learning processes. It is one tool among many that teachersuse to gain insight into the strengths and weaknesses of their students’ mastery of the materialand of their own teaching.

Some teachers will use chapter tests as pre-tests for diagnostic purposes. Others may use themas post-tests to assess achievement.

What is the difference between a diagnostic test and an achievement test?

A diagnostic test may be administered before teaching a chapter, to assess what studentsalready know. The teacher may then use the results of the diagnostic test to decide, forexample, which parts of the chapter to focus on, or how much time to dedicate to practiceactivities.

An achievement test, on the other hand, is administered after students have been exposed to a particular part of a syllabus. As a way of reinforcing progress and discovering areas that needfurther work, an achievement test can add a valuable dimension to the grammar classroom.

How should the tests be administered?

In order to access a particular test, click on the Tests link on the Grammar Sense homepage,click on the relevant level, and then choose the test from the menu. By clicking on the testnumber, you will be able to download a photocopiable PDF file of the test and the answer key. You will need Adobe® Acrobat Reader® to open the file. Copy the test as needed.

Teachers should set a time limit of about 15 or 20 minutes for completing a test.

How should the tests be corrected?

Time constraints, class dynamics, and teaching and learning styles may influence whether the tests are corrected by the teacher or by the students as a class activity.

• Teacher Correction. After correcting the papers and returning them to the students, go overthe correct answers and any problems with the class. This may be a good opportunity forfocusing on problem areas that the test results have isolated.

• Student Correction. Ask students to exchange papers with a partner. Then elicit the correctanswer to each question from the class. Instruct students to mark correct answers with acheck (�) and incorrect answers with a ✘. After the tests are corrected, return them to theiroriginal owners for review and further questions. Then collect the tests in order to evaluatethe results.

This technique has the advantage of providing immediate feedback as students makecorrections, ask questions, and seek clarification during the correction process.

What should be done with the test results?

Used diagnostically, the chapter test results will inform the teacher about how much to present and in what order. They will also help to determine the focus of a lesson, as well as the teaching style.

When used to measure achievement, the results of Grammar Sense tests can be used to helpassess the mastery of specific aspects of form, meaning and use. They can also providefeedback to the student and teacher about what works, what doesn’t, and what still needs to be done. Results may indicate the need for more self-study or the need for a differentapproach, style, or focus in teaching the material.

What do the test results tell me about my students?

Teachers may notice that the language learning process is often characterized by unstablebehavior. That is, a student may use a structure accurately in class, but subsequently forget it on the test; or the student may use the structure accurately on the test, but may later beunable to produce it in a classroom activity. It is therefore important to maintain realisticexpectations about grammar learning; much of what we do in a grammar class is to worktoward more consistent and accurate use of grammatical structures.

Teachers and students need to understand that the Grammar Sense testing package is one toolin the arsenal of techniques, exercises, and activities that are provided in Grammar Sense toreinforce more accurate and meaningful use of the language. The test results should thereforebe considered in the broader context of language learning. By using all the resources inGrammar Sense to evaluate students through reading, writing, speaking, and listening inlonger discourse as well as in shorter contexts, we can obtain a more accurate assessment ofa student’s achievement.

2 Grammar Sense Tests: An Introduction © Oxford University Press

PART II. Find the error in each sentence and correct it.

1 Grammar Sense 1 Test: Chapter 3 © Oxford University Press

3 Imperatives

C H A P T E R T E S T

8. Turns left at the corner.

9. Not take the first exit.

10. No swallow this.

11. Are careful! The traffic is bad.

12. Underlines the verb in each sentence.

13. Please not make copies.

14. Stays here.

1. The meeting is at 5:00. Don’t late.

a. lose

b. be

c. make

2. I’m thirsty. me some water, please.

a. Get

b. Help

c. Drink

3. this letter to the mailroom.

a. Go

b. Take

c. Find

4. This is a hospital. Don’t here.

a. smoke

b. forget

c. work

5. Here’s ten dollars. the change.

a. Look

b. Keep

c. Buy

6. Greg Smith for me, please.

a. Call

b. Listen

c. Talk

7. a cup of water into a pan.

a. Boil

b. Cook

c. Put

PART I. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.

Total 20


15. A: It’s cold today.

B: Yes.

a. Don’t take your coat.

b. Don’t forget your coat.

16. A: Please copy this contract.

B:

a. Where’s the contract?

b. Where’s the copier?

17. A: Oh, no! I’m late for the meeting.

B: The meeting is tomorrow.

a. Don’t worry.

b. Leave now!

18. A: The soup is ready.

B: Good.

a. Boil it.

b. Serve it.

19. A: Where is the post office?

B:

a. Walk straight on Elm Street. It’s on the right.

b. No, it isn’t. It’s on Third Street.

20. A: What’s the homework?

B:

a. Read Chapter four.

b. Close your books.

PART III. Choose the best answer to complete each conversation.

Thinking Ahead to the TOEFL® Test

Imperatives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

After a hurricane, touch or low-hanging wires and careful around weakened trees

and damaged structures.otherD

beC

fallenB

notA

3 Grammar Sense 1 Answer Key: Chapter 3 © Oxford University Press

3 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. b

4. a

5. b

6. a

7. c

PART II

8. Turns left at the corner.

9. Not take the first exit.

10. No swallow this.

11. Are careful! The traffic is bad.

12. Underlines the verb in each sentence.

13. Please not make copies.

14. Stays here.

PART III

15. b

16. b

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. a

Don’t

do

Don’t

Be

Turn

Underline

Stay



1 Simple Present Statements with Be


8. You not happy.

9. The students is at school.

10. My name amn’t Diego.

11. Brad, this Carol.

12. We no are from Mexico City.

13. They are a new companies.

14. Oh, it 3:00. We’re late!

15. Bob and Steve isn’t Canadian.

1. Lisa and I teachers.

a. am

b. is

c. are

2. This is Pete. a new employee.

a. I’m

b. He’s

c. They’re

3. Jorge is from Mexico. He from PuertoRico.

a. isn’t

b. is

c. aren’t

4. The new video games fun!

a. they’re

b. are

c. it’s

5. Electro Design is a small company. isn’tlarge.

a. He

b. It

c. They

6. Hello. My name Soo-jin.

a. am

b. are

c. is

7. Sara and I are in school. are students.

a. We

b. You

c. They


Total 20


16. A: Jenny, this is Alex.

B:

a. I’m Jenny.

b. He’s 21.

c. Hi, Alex.

17. A: My name is Corey.

B:

a. Thank you.

b. I’m Mark.

c. I’m from California.

18. A: I’m in college.

B: Really? , too.

a. I’m an employee

b. I’m a student

c. I’m from Taiwan

19. A: Fumiko is from Japan.

B: Yes,

a. she’s from Hokkaido.

b. she’s tall.

c. she’s a student.

20. A: The weather is terrible!

B: Yes,

a. it’s Thursday.

b. it’s cold and rainy.

c. we’re late!



Simple present statements with be are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test.Here is a typical example:

The short hair of some , Labrador retrievers, important for repelling water and

warm in icy water. keepingD

areC

such asB

dogsA


1 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. b

3. a

4. b

5. b

6. c

7. a

PART II

8. You not happy.

9. The students is at school.

10. My name amn’t Diego.

11. Brad, this Carol.

12. We no are from Mexico City.

13. They are a new companies.

14. Oh, it 3:00. We’re late!

15. Bob and Steve isn’t Canadian.

PART III

16. c

17. b

18. b

19. a

20. b

You’re

are

is

isn’t

aren’t

aren’t

it’s



2 Questions with Be


7. How your roommate is?

8. Where my magazine?

9. You and Bill employees here?

10. No, it no is.

11. Who is they?

12. Is athletic your best friend?

1. late?

a. He is

b. Am I

c. We are

2. in the United States?

a. Where your family

b. Is your family

c. Your family

3. your grades?

a. How are

b. Are

c. Are good

4. is Stefan from?

a. Who

b. Where

c. What

5. your business class difficult?

a. Is it

b. How is

c. Is

6. Who is ?

a. the test

b. the children

c. the teacher


Total 20


13. A: Are your friends busy?

B:

a. Yes, they are.

b. No, it isn’t.

c. Yes, he is.

14. A:

B: Fine, thanks.

a. Who is he?

b. Where am I?

c. How are you?

15. A: Where is the apartment?

B:

a. It’s cheap.

b. It’s large.

c. It’s on the third floor.

16. A:

B: Yes, he is.

a. Is Mr. Chang the manager?

b. Who is the manager?

c. Where is the manager?

17. A: Are you students?

B:

a. Yes, they are.

b. Yes, we are.

c. No, I’m not.

18. A:

B: At 12:00.

a. How is lunch?

b. Where is lunch?

c. When is lunch?

19. A:

B: No, you aren’t.

a. Where are we?

b. Are we late?

c. Who are you?

20. A:

B: Pete Johnson.

a. How is Pete?

b. Who are they?

c. What’s your name?



Questions with be are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

a social science, a part of humanities, or a combination of disciplines?

A. Is it linguistics

B. Is linguistics

C. Linguistics

D. Does linguistics


2 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. b

3. a

4. b

5. c

6. c

PART II

7. How your roommate is ?

8. Where my magazine?

9. You and Bill employees here?

10. No, it no is.

11. Who is they?

12. Is athletic your best friend?

PART III

13. a

14. c

15. c

16. a

17. b

18. c

19. b

20. c

is

isn’t

Are you

are



4 Introduction to Nouns


8. An utility truck is outside.

9. Your children is beautiful.

10. Juan and Rosa are in a Chicago.

11. Take elevator to the fourth floor.

12. My foots are large.

13. Are the utility expensive?

14. Give me a forks, please.

1. Baltimore is city in Maryland.

a. a

b. an

c. �

2. are cheap in this neighborhood.

a. Apartment

b. An apartment

c. Apartments

3. Betty is a librarian at university.

a. a

b. an

c. �

4. Where is Paul?

a. a

b. �c. the

5. isn’t for sale.

a. The sofa

b. Sofa

c. Sofas

6. Call electrician, please.

a. a

b. an

c. �

7. Are the here?

a. employee

b. an employee

c. employees


Total 20


15. A: Are the women doctors?

B: No.

a. She’s a nurse.

b. They’re nurses.

16. A: Where is your room?

B:

a. It’s in the dorm.

b. They’re near campus.

17. A: Is Detroit close to Chicago?

B:

a. Yes, they are.

b. No, it’s five hours away.

18. A: Are the people friendly?

B:

a. Yes, it is.

b. Yes, they are.

19. A: How are the children?

B:

a. They’re fine.

b. It’s fine.

20. A: Is an herb a vegetable?

B:

a. No, it isn’t.

b. No, they aren’t.



Nouns are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

Peregrine falcons of prey are known for their extremely speed. highD

thatC

birdB

areA


4 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. c

3. a

4. b

5. a

6. b

7. c

PART II

8. An utility truck is outside.

9. Your children is beautiful.

10. Juan and Rosa are in a Chicago.

11. Take elevator to the fourth floor.

12. My foots are large.

13. Are the utility expensive?

14. Give me a forks, please.

PART III

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. b

19. a

20. a

an/the

are

feetutilities

A

fork



5 Introduction to Count and Noncount Nouns


7. A soccer is a popular sport.

8. Donate old furnitures.

9. The people is in the bank.

10. The music are beautiful.

11. Don’t buy an expensive jewelry.

12. Reduce a pollution.

13. Look up the informations.

14. A chicken is a delicious meat.

1. Recycle cans and paper.

a. a

b. the

c. �

2. are my favorite fruit.

a. Apple

b. An apple

c. Apples

3. Turn off lights, please.

a. a

b. the

c. �

4. China is big country.

a. a

b. the

c. �

5. The is not interesting.

a. news

b. books

c. movies

6. The boxes are in garage.

a. an

b. the

c. �


Total 20


15. A: Look at the clothes in the window!

B. Yes.

a. They’re beautiful.

b. It’s beautiful.

16. A: Where’s the money?

B:

a. They’re in the bank.

b. It’s at home.

17. A: Take a class in economics.

B:

a. No. It’s boring.

b. All right. They’re interesting.

18. A: Two please.

B: Right away, sir.

a. coffees

b. coffee

19. A: Don’t drive your car in the city.

B: OK. Are cheap?

a. public transportation

b. busses

20. A: Is this your luggage?

B:

a. Yes, it is.

b. No, they aren’t.



Count and noncount nouns are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is atypical example:

Environmentalists the teakwood because a product of the

tropical rain forest.

it isD

furnituresC

purchase ofB

discourageA


5 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. c

3. b

4. a

5. a

6. b

PART II

7. A soccer is a popular sport.

8. Donate old furnitures.

9. The people is in the bank.

10. The music are beautiful.

11. Don’t buy an expensive jewelry.

12. Reduce a pollution.

13. Look up the informations.

14. A chicken is a delicious meat.

PART III

15. a

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. a

Soccer

are

is

furniture

information

Chicken



6 Descriptive Adjectives


8. They’re an expensive clothes.

9. The buildings are larges.

10. Buy the dress green.

11. It’s a unusual present.

12. Show me your a new apartment.

13. The bed double is for sale.

14. Bill isn’t serious student.

1. The food in this restaurant is .

a. small

b. good

c. happy

2. Don’t buy the sofa.

a. round

b. red

c. young

3. The bedroom furniture is in condition.

a. old

b. big

c. great

4. The children are very .

a. hard

b. expensive

c. intelligent

5. Get a belt.

a. leather

b. square

c. tall

6. My new cell phone is .

a. small

b. strong

c. serious

7. The math homework is .

a. glad

b. easy

c. large


Total 20


15. A: What’s your friend like?

B:

a. He’s friendly.

b. She’s new.

16. A: Is the coat warm?

B: Yes.

a. It’s a summer coat.

b. It’s a winter coat.

17. A: What’s in your cup?

B:

a. Milk chocolate.

b. Chocolate milk.

18. A: How’s the food?

B:

a. It’s comfortable.

b. It’s excellent.

19. A: When is the next bus?

B:

a. Look at the bus schedule.

b. Take an airport bus.

20. A: Is Dana smart?

B:

a. No, she’s tall.

b. Yes. She’s pretty, too.



Adjectives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

In hot weather, it is perishable food items out of the refrigerator long

of time.

periodsD

forC

to leaveB

dangerA


6 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. b

3. c

4. c

5. a

6. a

7. b

PART II

8. They’re an expensive clothes.

9. The buildings are larges.

10. Buy the dress green .

11. It’s a unusual present.

12. Show me your a new apartment.

13. The bed double is for sale.

14. Bill isn’t serious student.

PART III

15. a

16. b

17. b

18. b

19. a

20. b

an

a

large



7 Possessives and Demonstratives


8. Is this yours book?

9. That clothes are Diana’s.

10. Who’s socks are on the floor?

11. My mothers’ sisters are in San Francisco.

12. Whose dogs is that?

13. The man in the blue suit is Alex father.

14. This house is their.

1. The names are Joe and Amy.

a. child’s

b. children’s

c. children

2. Whose books ?

a. are these

b. is this

c. those are

3. This is my ticket. is at home.

a. Yours

b. You

c. Your

4. Are those desks the ?

a. student

b. students

c. students’

5. new apartment is on the second floor.

a. We

b. Our

c. Ours

6. Paul’s French accent is terrible. is, too.

a. I am

b. My

c. Mine

7. tall man is George.

a. He’s

b. These

c. That


Total 20


15. A: Is this your calculator?

B:

a. No. Mine is on my desk.

b. Yes, it’s yours.

16. A:

B: It’s Arthur’s.

a. Who is that?

b. Whose car is that?

17. A:

B: Ralph and Hanna.

a. Who is she?

b. What are their names?

18. A: Are those Rick’s bags?

B:

a. No, they’re mine.

b. Yes, it is.

19. A: Is Jack’s major engineering?

B:

a. No, he isn’t.

b. Yes, it is.

20. A: Whose newspaper is this?

B:

a. It’s Carla’s.

b. It’s Jenna.



Possessives and demonstratives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Hereis a typical example:

When a business cannot pay debts on a timely basis, bankruptcy may be declared.

A. it’s

B. his

C. their

D. its


7 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. a

4. c

5. b

6. c

7. c

PART II

8. Is this yours book?

9. That clothes are Diana’s.

10. Who’s socks are on the floor?

11. My mothers’ sisters are in San Francisco.

12. Whose dogs is that? /Whose dogs are those?

13. The man in the blue suit is Alex father.

14. This house is their.

PART III

15. a

16. b

17. b

18. a

19. b

20. a

Alex’s

Those

Whosemother’s

theirs

your

dog



8 The Present Continuous


7. What is you telling me?

8. I cooking dinner for my family now.

9. Where John is living?

10. Are you take any classes this semester?

11. The students not wearing school uniforms today.

12. What is it happening outside?

13. Who are reading the newspaper?

1. What doing these days?

a. are you

b. you are

c. you’re

2. David and Betty are angry, but they .

a. isn’t fighting

b. aren’t fighting

c. not fighting

3. Two men at the bus stop.

a. is standing

b. are standing

c. stand

4. raining outside?

a. What is

b. They’re

c. Is it

5. I’m lunch in the cafeteria.

a. eating not

b. no eating

c. not eating

6. Who the theater tickets?

a. is buying

b. buying

c. are buying


Total 20


14. A:

B: To the post office.

a. Where is he going?

b. What is he doing?

15. A: Are you exercising a lot these days?

B:

a. No, not today.

b. Yes, I am.

16. A: How are they doing?

B:

a. Fine.

b. They’re working.

17. A: Who’s sitting in the living room?

B:

a. On the sofa.

b. Sally and Rob.

18. A:

B: Dinner.

a. What are they eating?

b. Where are we going?

19. A: What are you doing right now?

B:

a. I’m studying a lot.

b. I’m watching TV.

20. A:

B: No, he’s taking a shower.

a. Is Greg sleeping?

b. Who is sleeping?



The present continuous is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is atypical example:

In cities around the world, air pollution from car exhausts many ancient statues,

monuments and buildings.

A. is damage

B. are damaging

C. are damages

D. is damaging


8 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. b

4. c

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. What is you telling me?

8. I cooking dinner for my family now.

9. Where John is living?

10. Are you take any classes this semester?

11. The students not wearing school uniforms today.

12. What is it happening outside?

13. Who are reading the newspaper?

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. a

19. b

20. a

I’m

are

takingare

is



9 The Simple Present


8. Marta have a job in the accounting department.

9. I usually gets up at 7:30.

10. Why don’t Paul have many friends?

11. Betty not eat cheese.

12. Do this CD belong to you?

13. Water is freezing at 32ºF.

14. This video is belonging to the library.

1. you watch the news on television?

a. Do

b. Does

c. Are

2. I go to work on Fridays.

a. not

b. don’t

c. doesn’t

3. Who Math 101?

a. teaches

b. teach

c. teaching

4. Marine biologists about life in the oceans.

a. studies

b. studying

c. study

5. When usually get home?

a. Robert

b. does Robert

c. Robert does

6. The stew delicious.

a. tastes

b. taste

c. is tasting

7. George to expensive restaurants.

a. not go

b. don’t go

c. doesn’t go


Total 20


15. A: What do you teach?

B:a. In the afternoon.b. Chemistry.c. Yes, I do.

16. A: Do movies interest you?

B:a. Yes, I do.b. No, they don’t.c. Yes, you do.

17. A: Who studies Italian?

B:

a. Tonya is.

b. Tonya does.

c. Tonya studies every day.

18. A:

B: He repairs computers.a. What does he do?b. How is he?c. What is he like?

19. A: What does Amy look like?

B:a. She loves music.b. She’s intelligent.c. She’s very pretty.

20. A: How do you communicate with your friends?

B:a. After work.b. No, I don’t.c. By e-mail.



The simple present is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

Linguists that chimpanzees can mirror the linguistic capabilities of humans even though

some chimpanzees have been taught human sign language.

A. do not believe

B. are not believing

C. not believe

D. believing


9 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. a

4. c

5. b

6. a

7. c

PART II

8. Marta have a job in the accounting department.

9. I usually gets up at 7:30.

10. Why don’t Paul have many friends?

11. Betty not eat cheese.

12. Do this CD belong to you?

13. Water is freezing at 32°F.

14. This video is belonging to the library.

PART III

15. b

16. b

17. b

18. a

19. c

20. c

does

has

doesn’t

freezesDoes

belongs

get



10 Adverbs of Frequency


8. We hardly never listen to the radio.

9. Tomek talks seldom about his job.

10. How often you go to the movies?

11. I don’t never stay home on weekends.

12. Are usually they good with details?

13. Hana pays rarely attention in class.

14. My sister always isn’t early.

1. I almost go camping.

a. never

b. rarely

c. ever

2. John and Holly go out for dinner.

a. don’t generally

b. generally not

c. generally do never

3. How are you in a bad mood?

a. usually

b. generally

c. often

4. We hardly study in the library.

a. often

b. ever

c. never

5. visit her family?

a. Dana sometimes

b. Sometimes Dana

c. Does Dana sometimes

6. I make bread.

a. Ever

b. Never

c. Occasionally

7. Derek doesn’t follow directions.

a. never

b. usually

c. rarely


Total 20


15. A: Does Julie often take the bus?

B: Yes,a. she always does.b. she rarely does.c. she never does.

16. A:

B: Every day.a. What kind of junk food do you eat?b. How often do you eat junk food?c. Why do you eat junk food?

17. A: Do you always remember your mother’sbirthday?

B: Yes,a. I often forget.b. we usually do.c. it seldom does.

18. A: Diego seldom talks in class.

B: I know.a. He always asks questions.b. He’s hardly ever quiet.c. He rarely says anything.

19. A: Is it ever cold here?

B: Yes,a. it sometimes is.b. it hardly ever is.c. it never is.

20. A: I never go to nightclubs.

B:a. When do you go?b. Really? Why not?c. I like them, too.



Adverbs of frequency are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

temperature 60° F Antarctica, but has come close. itD

inC

reaches neverB

TheA


10 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. a

3. c

4. b

5. c

6. c

7. b

PART II

8. We hardly never listen to the radio.

9. Tomek talks seldom about his job.

10. How often you go to the movies?

11. I don’t never stay home on weekends.

12. Are usually they good with details?

13. Hana pays rarely attention in class.

14. My sister always isn’t early.

PART III

15. a

16. b

17. b

18. c

19. a

20. b

do

ever

ever



11 The Simple Past of Be


7. I am born in China.

8. Was you sick yesterday?

9. Our neighbors in Boston last week.

10. What that sound was?

11. My grandfather no was a lawyer.

12. In 1990 we are in Mexico.

13. Goethe were not an English writer.

14. The party is wonderful last night.

1. Who those men?

a. was

b. were

c. weren’t

2. My parents aren’t French. They born inMontreal.

a. wasn’t

b. was

c. were

3. wasn’t in class yesterday.

a. Derek and I

b. You

c. Hideo

4. the sanctuary in Egyptian temples sacred?

a. Was

b. Were

c. Weren’t

5. Tuesday a difficult day at work.

a. were

b. was

c. did

6. Was at Steve’s party on Saturday?

a. Dan

b. you

c. the Sanchez sisters


Total 20


15. A:

B: It was great.

a. Where were you?

b. How was he?

c. How was the weather?

16. A: Where were your grandparents from?

B:

a. They were doctors.

b. They were in New York.

c. They were Russian.

17. A: I wasn’t in class yesterday.

B: I know.

a. Why were you there?

b. Where were you?

c. How was the class?

18. A: Were you in high school five years ago?

B: Yes,

a. I was.

b. it was.

c. they were.

19. A: Who was with you last night?

B:

a. No, I wasn’t.

b. That was my brother.

c. We were at home.

20. A:

B: They were ancient kings.

a. What were the pharaohs?

b. Where were the pharaohs?

c. Who was in Egypt?



The simple past of be is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

Yellowstone National Park, established in 1892 in the northwestern United States, the

world’s first national park.

A. been

B. were

C. being

D. was


11 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. c

4. a

5. b

6. a

PART II

7. I am born in China.

8. Was you sick yesterday?

9. Our neighbors in Boston last week.

10. What that sound was ?

11. My grandfather no was a lawyer.

12. In 1990 we are in Mexico.

13. Goethe were not an English writer.

14. The party is wonderful last night.

PART III

15. c

16. c

17. b

18. a

19. b

20. a

wasWere

were

was not

were

waswas



12 The Simple Past


8. When did you got up this morning?

9. We go to a museum last Sunday.

10. I didn’t saw Tamika in class.

11. Who buyed the pizza?

12. Fumiko didn’t told us the truth about the accident.

13. Yesterday I spended a lot of money at the mall.

14. Why you didn’t drive to work?

1. When your last haircut?

a. you got

b. did you get

c. you get

2. My friends at 10:00 last night.

a. arrived

b. arrive

c. arriving

3. Who the game on Saturday?

a. won

b. did they win

c. won they

4. Did you a test yesterday?

a. took

b. taking

c. take

5. When arrive at the baseball game?

a. you did

b. did you

c. you

6. We to the airport on time for our plane.

a. no getting

b. not get

c. didn’t get

7. After dinner last night for two hours.

a. I studied

b. I study

c. studied


Total 20


15. A: Who sent the package?

B:

a. I got it.

b. Sergio did.

c. Yes, we did.

16. A:

B: By bus.

a. How did you get there?

b. When did you arrive?

c. Where did you go?

17. A: Why did they leave the meeting early?

B:

a. Yes, they did.

b. Bill and Jane.

c. They were tired.

18. A:

B: Carol did.

a. What did Carol buy?

b. Who bought the shirt?

c. Did she go to the mall?

19. A: I had fish for lunch.

B:

a. Did you have lunch?

b. What did you eat?

c. How was it?

20. A: Did Andre come to the picnic?

B: No.

a. He forgot about it.

b. He was there.

c. He came late.



The simple past is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

The summer of 2003 numerous records in western Europe for the highest temperatures

ever recorded in countries across the continent.

A. break

B. broken

C. broke

D. braked


12 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. a

4. c

5. b

6. c

7. a

PART II

8. When did you got up this morning?

9. We go to a museum last Sunday.

10. I didn’t saw Tamika in class.

11. Who buyed the pizza?

12. Fumiko didn’t told us the truth about the accident.

13. Yesterday I spended a lot of money at the mall.

14. Why you didn’t drive to work?

PART III

15. b

16. a

17. c

18. b

19. c

20. a

get

wentsee

bought

tell

spent



13 The Past Continuous


8. The band was playing music and the children singing.

9. Last year I was owning two cars.

10. What she was cooking?

11. I was telling a joke and my friends are laughing.

12. I wasn’t calling you at 5:00 P.M. yesterday.

13. What was you thinking?

1. you sleeping during the earthquake?

a. Was

b. Were

c. Is

2. Who with Marcia at the party last night?

a. was talking

b. were talking

c. were they talking

3. The teacher was angry because the studentsattention.

a. no were paying

b. weren’t paying

c. wasn’t paying

4. It was cloudy but it wasn’t .

a. rain

b. rained

c. raining

5. I heard voices. Some people in the nextroom.

a. were talking

b. was talking

c. are talking

6. What at 10:00 last night?

a. you did

b. are you doing

c. were you doing

7. Pete looked unhappy. He smiling.

a. wasn’t

b. didn’t

c. isn’t


Total 20


14. A: Where were you?

B:

a. I am sleeping.

b. I was taking a walk.

c. No, I wasn’t.

15. A: Did you hear me?

B: No.

a. You were very loud.

b. I was talking on the telephone.

c. We didn’t say anything.

16. A: Did Dan cause the accident?

B: I don’t think so.

a. He doesn’t drive very well.

b. He didn’t stop in time.

c. He wasn’t driving.

17. A: Did you work last summer?

B: No.

a. I had a difficult job.

b. I was finishing my degree.

c. I am getting married.

18. A: Was Jack at work yesterday?

B: I don’t know.

a. We are taking a vacation.

b. He was staying at home.

c. I didn’t see him.

19. A: How did you get to Seattle?

B: I a train.

a. took

b. am taking

c. was taking

20. A: Min-hee looked nervous during her speechyesterday.

B: Yes.

a. Her hands were shaking.

b. She spoke very well.

c. Everyone enjoyed it.



The past continuous is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

In 1656, the first accurate pendulum clock, an idea

suggested Galileo Galilei. byD

based onC

was inventingB

a Dutch physicistA


13 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. b

4. c

5. a

6. c

7. a

PART II

8. The band was playing music and the children singing.

9. Last year I was owning two cars.

10. What she was cooking?

11. I was telling a joke and my friends are laughing.

12. I wasn’t calling you at 5:00 P.M. yesterday.

13. What was you thinking?

PART III

14. b

15. b

16. c

17. b

18. c

19. a

20. a

were

were

owned

didn’t call

were

1 Grammar Sense 1 Progress Test A: Chapters 1–13 © Oxford University Press

Chapters 1–13P R O G R E S S T E S T

1. What studying this semester?

a. she

b. is

c. she’s

d. is she

2. Who is ?

a. the math class

b. the sales managers

c. the game designer

d. the cafeteria

3. Julio is lazy. He almost exercises.

a. rarely

b. ever

c. never

d. always

4. are friendly in this town.

a. Person

b. A person

c. They’re

d. People

5. Who loud music last night?

a. was playing

b. were playing

c. was it playing

d. playing

6. The is very interesting.

a. books

b. news

c. newspapers

d. papers

7. Whose clothes ?

a. are these

b. is this

c. is that

d. these

8. This is Carol. a computer technician atReadyTec.

a. I’m

b. You’re

c. She’s

d. She

9. That cake delicious.

a. smelling

b. smell

c. smells

d. to smell

10. me your passport, please.

a. Show

b. Write

c. Keep

d. Buy

11. My best friend is Iranian. She in Teheran.

a. is born

b. was born

c. were born

d. born

12. Where your new shoes?

a. buy

b. you bought

c. you buy

d. did you buy

13. My new computer is .

a. serious

b. expensive

c. rich

d. much

PART I. Choose the correct answer to complete each sentence.

A

14. The and National Gallery last month.

15. I was Sara, but listening.

16. Oh, no. . late our !

17. for ?

18. weather Paris last summer

19. How ?

20. My wife new baggage for to New York.

21. cousin Andrea at the .

22. The today.

23. pan. .

24. at university Boston.

25. red bag ours. .

26. Why Hana new ?

27. Costa Ricans; Mexico.fromD

they’reC

no areB

TheyA

roommateD

herC

likeB

don’tA

theirD

It’sC

isn’tB

ThatA

inD

anC

teachesB

My fatherA

very hotD

It’sC

thatB

No touchA

uniformsD

theirC

aren’t wearB

team membersA

local universityD

engineering studentC

isB

MyA

business tripD

herC

aB

boughtA

isD

girlfriendC

Tom’sB

isA

inD

very warmC

isB

TheA

staff meetingsD

on timeC

usually theyB

AreA

math classD

forC

We’reB

It 3:00A

isn’tD

sheC

toB

speakingA

theD

visitC

their teacherB

art studentsA

28. A: Is she studying a lot these days?

B:

a. No, not today.

b. Yes, she is.

c. No, she’s eating dinner.

29. A: Is it cold outside?

B: Yes, it is.

a. Don’t take your sweater.

b. Forget your sweater.

c. Don’t forget your sweater.

30. A:

B: Nice to meet you. I’m Sara.

a. My name is Paul.

b. Thank you.

c. I’m from Poland.

31. A: Where’s the fruit?

B:

a. It’s in the refrigerator.

b. They’re on the table.

c. That’s mine.

32. A: What’s in that beautiful box?

B:

a. It’s milk chocolate.

b. It’s chocolate milk.

c. It’s over there.

33. A: Was Lisa in class on Friday?

B: I’m not sure.

a. She was absent.

b. She was at home.

c. I didn’t see her.


PART II. Find the underlined word or phrase that must be changed in order for the sentence to be correct.


34. A:

B: She works at the post office.

a. How is she?

b. Who is she?

c. What does she do?

35. A: Keisha is seldom late for class.

B: Yes,

a. she’s usually on time.

b. she hardly ever comes to class.

c. she’s rarely on time.

36. A: Is this your watch?

B:

a. Yes, it’s yours.

b. No. Mine is in my bag.

c. Yes, it’s Linda’s.

37. A: I wasn’t at the meeting yesterday.

B:

a. Why were you there?

b. Who were you?

c. Where were you?

38. A: Who cooked dinner yesterday?

B:

a. Andres did.

b. I ate it.

c. Yes, I did.

39. A:

B: Yes, you are.

a. Where are you?

b. Are we late?

c. Who are you?

40. A: Where is the cafeteria?

B:

a. They’re near the dorm.

b. It’s behind the dorm.

c. It’s the dorm.


PART III. Continued

Score 40

4 Grammar Sense 1 Progress Test A: Answer Key © Oxford University Press

A Answer Key

P R O G R E S S T E S T

Part I

1. d

2. c

3. c

4. d

5. a

6. b

7. a

8. c

9. c

10. a

11. b

12. d

13. b

14. C

15. D

16. A

17. B

18. B

19. D

20. B

21. C

22. B

23. A

24. C

25. D

26. A

27. B

28. b

29. c

30. a

31. a

32. a

33. c

34. c

35. a

36. b

37. c

38. a

39. b

40. b

Part I

Part II

Part III



14 Articles


8. I love an old movies.

9. Would you like cup of coffee?

10. Chicago is big city.

11. Chinese restaurants in San Francisco are amazing.

12. Do you enjoy the jazz?

13. The Louvre is famous art museum.

14. I sent Louise a e-mail message.

1. Luis has degree in architecture.

a. a

b. an

c. �

2. Who is teacher of this class?

a. a

b. the

c. �

3. Japan is small country.

a. the

b. �c. a

4. Can you walk dog this morning?

a. a

b. the

c. �

5. Ben’s office is in old building.

a. a

b. an

c. �

6. I want to buy new clothes for the fall.

a. the

b. an

c. �

7. Todd and Julia are taking art class.

a. an

b. a

c. �


Total 20


15. A: Let’s go to a movie.

B: That’s good idea!

a. a

b. �c. the

16. A: Did you check your messages?

B: No. computer isn’t working.

a. A

b. �c. The

17. A: Do you have pets?

B: Yes. I have two cats.

a. �b. the

c. a

18. A: What happened to Donna’s car?

B: She had accident.

a. a

b. an

c. the

19. A: Where are my sunglasses?

B: They’re in dining room.

a. a

b. �c. the

20. A: Is your brother doctor?

B: Yes, he works at Einstein hospital.

a. a

b. �c. an



Indefinite and definite articles are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here isa typical example:

is essentially tubular with holes covered or uncovered

of the tube. along lengthD

areC

thatB

A woodwind instrumentA


14 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. c

4. b

5. b

6. c

7. a

PART II

8. I love an old movies.

9. Would you like cup of coffee?

10. Chicago is big city.

11. Chinese restaurants in San Francisco are amazing.

12. Do you enjoy the jazz?

13. The Louvre is famous art museum.

14. I sent Louise a e-mail message.

PART III

15. a

16. c

17. a

18. b

19. c

20. a

a

a

The

a

an



15 Quantity Expressions


8. Much children were playing in the park.

9. I need a few more furniture.

10. Do you have much friends at school?

11. My town doesn’t have no public transportation.

12. I asked my doctor a little questions.

13. Busy people don’t usually have many time.

14. This movie theater no has empty seats.

1. Last month I didn’t have money.

a. many

b. any

c. no

2. Luiz isn’t taking classes this semester.

a. much

b. some

c. many

3. Did you get sleep last night?

a. any

b. a few

c. a lot of

4. Sara speaks Chinese.

a. any

b. a little

c. a few

5. I need more minutes to get ready.

a. a little

b. a lot of

c. a few

6. We have crime in our neighborhood atnight.

a. some

b. many

c. a few

7. I don’t drink coffee.

a. many

b. a few

c. much


Total 20


15. A: How much sugar do you want in your coffee?

B:

a. Just a little.

b. Many.

c. A few.

16. A: Do you have any stamps?

B: Yes,

a. I don’t have any.

b. I have a little.

c. I have a few.

17. A: My street has a lot of traffic.

B:

a. Mine doesn’t have much.

b. Mine has a few.

c. Mine didn’t.

18. A: Do you have a lot of holidays in your country?

B: Yes,

a. many.

b. a few.

c. sometimes.

19. A: How many languages do you speak?

B:

a. A little.

b. Not much.

c. A few.

20. A: Our house is very small.

B:

a. Do you live in a big house?

b. How many bedrooms does it have?

c. What kind of apartment is it?



Quantity expressions are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

With scholarship money available, many middle-class families cannot afford to pay for a

college education.

A. many

B. a few

C. little

D. a lot


15 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. b

3. a

4. b

5. c

6. a

7. c

PART II

8. Much children were playing in the park.

9. I need a few more furniture.

10. Do you have much friends at school?

11. My town doesn’t have no public transportation.

12. I asked my doctor a little questions.

13. Busy people don’t usually have many time.

14. This movie theater no has empty seats.

PART III

15. a

16. c

17. a

18. b

19. c

20. b

Many

littlemany

anyfew

much



16 There Is and There Are


8. There are no time for questions.

9. Are there any post office in your neighborhood?

10. How many apartments there are in your building?

11. These are there notebooks.

12. There isn’t no milk in the refrigerator.

13. Are they fifty-three weeks in a year?

14. Are there any water in the swimming pool?

1. There aren’t in this town.

a. a bookstore

b. no bookstore

c. any bookstores

2. a bus line on Maple Street?

a. Is it

b. Is there

c. Are there

3. names are Karen and Lisa.

a. Their

b. There

c. They’re

4. There much salt in this soup.

a. are

b. not

c. isn’t

5. Listen! someone at the door.

a. There

b. There’s

c. It

6. any new students in your class?

a. Are they

b. Is there

c. Are there

7. There no people in the picture.

a. are

b. is

c. isn’t


Total 20


15. A: Pass me the butter, please.

B: Sorry. any.

a. It isn’t

b. There isn’t

c. There’s no

16. A: Are the maps in the car?

B:

a. No, they aren’t.

b. Yes, there are.

c. No, there isn’t.

17. A:

B: No, there isn’t.

a. Is that a drugstore?

b. Where is a drugstore?

c. Is there a drugstore in this neighborhood?

18. A: What’s in your lunchbox?

B: Let’s see. two sandwiches.

a. It’s

b. They’re

c. There are

19. A: Where are the children?

B: at the playground.

a. They’re

b. There are

c. There is

20. A:

B: Yes, there are.

a. What’s in the recipe?

b. Are there any eggs in the recipe?

c. How many eggs are there in the recipe?



There is and there are are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

fish in the Dead Sea because of the high salt content of the water.

A. It is not

B. There are no

C. There does not

D. They are no


16 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. b

3. a

4. c

5. b

6. c

7. a

PART II

8. There are no time for questions.

9. Are there any post office in your neighborhood?

10. How many apartments there are in your building?

11. These are there notebooks.

12. There isn’t no milk in the refrigerator.

13. Are they fifty-three weeks in a year?

14. Are there any water in the swimming pool?

PART III

15. b

16. a

17. c

18. c

19. a

20. b

is

Is

theirany

there

Is



17 The Future with Be Going To


7. Why are you going leave now?

8. Is Liz going to going on vacation?

9. Tom and I going to watch the game tomorrow.

10. How they are going to get to the zoo?

11. Who are going to move to New York?

12. They’re going to not buy a new car.

13. Who he is going to call?

14. We’re no going to pass the test.

1. What going to do tomorrow afternoon?

a. you’re

b. are you

c. do you

2. Mr. Perkins going to retire next year.

a. no

b. isn’t

c. not

3. Who going to cook dinner?

a. are we

b. are

c. is

4. going to meet us at the museum?

a. Where is she

b. Is she

c. Who is she

5. I’m to answer the telephone.

a. not going

b. don’t go

c. not go

6. When going to quit his job?

a. Pete’s

b. Pete has

c. is Pete


Total 20


15. A: I’m going to take a trip this summer.

B:

a. I’m glad you enjoyed it.

b. Where did you go?

c. That sounds exciting!

16. A: What are your plans?

B:

a. I didn’t have any.

b. I’m going to leave soon.

c. No, I’m not. Are you?

17. A: Don’t forget your umbrella today.

B: Why?

a. Is it going to rain?

b. Did it rain?

c. Does it rain?

18. A: Are you going to be at home tonight?

B: No,

a. we weren’t.

b. I’m not.

c. you aren’t.

19. A: What’s the matter?

B: Be careful.

a. This road is very safe.

b. You drove too fast.

c. You’re going to hit that car.

20. A: I’m probably not going to pass the chemistrytest.

B:

a. Don’t worry! You’re going to do well.

b. Great! Are you going to celebrate?

c. Are you going to take the test?



The future with be going to is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is atypical example:

developing nations industrialize and urban centers grow, demand more

energy and natural resources their needs. to meetD

they going toC

theirB

AsA


17 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. b

3. c

4. b

5. a

6. c

PART II

7. Why are you going leave now?

8. Is Liz going to going on vacation?

9. Tom and I going to watch the game tomorrow.

10. How they are going to get to the zoo?

11. Who are going to move to New York?

12. They’re going to not buy a new car.

13. Who he is going to call?

14. We’re no going to pass the test.

PART III

15. c

16. b

17. a

18. b

19. c

20. a

to

are

not

is

go



18 The Future with Will


7. I will has chocolate ice cream, please.

8. What will you to do tomorrow afternoon?

9. He will takes us to the airport.

10. Where you will be in ten years?

11. I wills be ready in half an hour.

12. We’ll to exercise at the gym tonight.

13. What your neighbors will say?

1. What time be home tonight?

a. you going

b. you

c. will you

2. Don’t worry. Everything to be all right.

a. is going

b. will

c. going

3. Who’s take care of your apartment whileyou’re away?

a. going to take

b. will take

c. was taking

4. I don’t feel well. I probably stay very long.

a. am not

b. won’t

c. not going to

5. meet Sally at the restaurant at 7:30.

a. We’ll

b. We’re going

c. We’re

6. wait for you downstairs.

a. I’m

b. I

c. I’ll


Total 20


14. A: Do you want tea or coffee?

B:

a. What do you have?

b. I’ll have coffee.

c. We had tea.

15. A: We’re out of stamps.

B:

a. Where are they?

b. Give me some, please.

c. I’ll go to the post office.

16. A:

B: In a few minutes.

a. When did you arrive?

b. When are you going to study?

c. When do you get up?

17. A: Please let me borrow your book.

B: OK.

a. I’m studying for a test.

b. I’m going to buy one now.

c. Will you return it tomorrow?

18. A: You got my car dirty!

B: I’m sorry.

a. I’ll wash it right now.

b. It looks really clean.

c. We need an old one.

19. A: Please keep it a secret.

B: Don’t worry.

a. I always tell the truth.

b. I already told my friends.

c. I won’t tell anyone.

20. A: Do you want pasta or pizza?

B:

a. What did you want?

b. I think I’ll have pizza.

c. I had pasta.



The future with will is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

New fabrics are being to different temperatures and weather

. conditionsD

will adaptsC

developedB

thatA


18 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. a

3. a

4. b

5. a

6. c

PART II

7. I will has chocolate ice cream, please.

8. What will you to do tomorrow afternoon?

9. He will takes us to the airport.

10. Where you will be in ten years?

11. I wills be ready in half an hour.

12. We’ll to exercise at the gym tonight.

13. What your neighbors will say?

PART III

14. b

15. c

16. b

17. c

18. a

19. c

20. b

have

take

will



19 May and Might for Present and Future Possibility


8. I might not to go to work tomorrow.

9. David may takes tennis lessons.

10. We mayn’t graduate in June.

11. Who might to come tonight?

12. My parents probably might visit me soon.

13. We might watching the baseball game on TV.

14. Koji maybe in bed.

1. I’m not sure, but I go to the park thisafternoon.

a. will

b. may

c. won’t

2. probably watch a movie on TV tonight.

a. We may

b. We’re

c. We’ll

3. Tyrone’s excited because he get apromotion.

a. may

b. going

c. will

4. Maybe get married next year.

a. they’ll

b. they might

c. they’re

5. you going to pass your chemistry class?

a. Will

b. Are

c. May

6. I’m sorry. Erica at home right now.

a. won’t

b. may not

c. isn’t

7. The train be late. It sometimes is.

a. might

b. is going

c. will


Total 20


15. A:

B: I might go to a movie.a. What did you do yesterday?b. What movie are you going to see?c. What are you going to do tonight?

16. A: We may go camping.

B:a. What a great idea!b. Really? How was it?c. Are you going to stay home?

17. A: Where’s Jeff?

B:a. Yes, he probably is.b. He wasn’t here.c. He might be at the library.

18. A: Where are they going to go?

B:a. Maybe they went to Arizona.b. They might go to Arizona.c. They go to Arizona.

19. A: I’ll see you tomorrow.

B:a. No, we probably won’t.b. I might not be here.c. It’s good to see you, too.

20. A: What happened to John?

B: I don’t know.a. He may be sick.b. He’s sick.c. He’s going to be sick.



May and might for present and future possibility are often tested in the Structure section of theTOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

The funnel cloud of rotating air a tornado between 300 and 2000

feet . tallD

maybeC

that becomesB

rapidlyA


19 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. a

4. a

5. b

6. c

7. b

PART II

8. I might not to go to work tomorrow.

9. David may takes tennis lessons.

10. We mayn’t graduate in June.

11. Who might to come tonight?

12. My parents probably might visit me soon.

13. We might watching the baseball game on TV.

14. Koji maybe in bed.

PART III

15. c

16. a

17. c

18. b

19. b

20. a

may not

may be

take

watch



20 Can and Could for Present and Past Ability


7. What sports you can play?

8. As a child I no could ski.

9. We cans speak Russian.

10. Can you to dance?

11. I can playing the violin.

12. Steve can no drive a truck.

13. When could the baby to walk?

14. Who they can trust?

1. Can you chess?

a. play

b. playing

c. to play

2. As a child I knew how to sing, but I playthe piano.

a. cannot

b. couldn’t

c. could

3. How many languages read?

a. Kim can

b. Kim can’t

c. can Kim

4. I had an accident because I drive well.

a. can

b. could

c. couldn’t

5. Betty makes great salads. She bakewonderful desserts, too.

a. can

b. can’t

c. could

6. Please speak louder. We hear you.

a. could

b. can’t

c. can


Total 20


15. A: Do you have any special abilities?

B:

a. What could you do?

b. I couldn’t play chess.

c. I can read very fast.

16. A:

B: Yes, but not very well.

a. Who can play volleyball?

b. Can you play the violin?

c. What can you play?

17. A: Is John’s last name Chen?

B:

a. Yes, it could.

b. I can’t remember.

c. No, it wasn’t.

18. A: What instrument can you play?

B:

a. The violin.

b. Every day.

c. No, I can’t.

19. A: Why did you get lost?

B:

a. I couldn’t read the map.

b. The car can go very fast.

c. We could get a taxi.

20. A:

B: No, I couldn’t get a ticket.

a. Where did you go on your trip?

b. How was your trip to Japan?

c. Did you go to Japan?



Can and could for present and past ability are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL®test. Here is a typical example:

Mozart to play melodies on the harpsichord at the age of three and began to perform in

the European courts soon after.

A. could already

B. was already able

C. can already

D. is already able


20 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. c

4. c

5. a

6. b

PART II

7. What sports you can play?

8. As a child I no could ski.

9. We cans speak Russian.

10. Can you to dance?

11. I can playing the violin.

12. Steve can no drive a truck.

13. When could the baby to walk?

14. Who they can trust?

PART III

15. c

16. b

17. b

18. a

19. a

20. c

not

coudn’tcan

play



21 Modals of Request and Permission


7. May you close the window, please?

8. How can I to help you?

9. You mayn’t copy my homework.

10. Could I wearing your jacket tonight?

11. Would please you take off your coat?

12. Will I borrow your computer?

13. When we can visit you?

1. you open the door, please?

a. Will

b. May

c. Do

2. I use your car tomorrow?

a. Would

b. Can

c. Will

3. When I come to your house?

a. could

b. will

c. would

4. I’m sorry. You borrow my book. I’m goingto need it.

a. wouldn’t

b. won’t

c. can’t

5. Of course help you with your homework.

a. I may

b. I had

c. I’ll

6. No, I go to bed now!

a. wouldn’t

b. won’t

c. may not


Total 20


14. A: May I help you?

B:

a. No, I won’t.

b. I hope so.

c. Yes, you would.

15. A: Would you take out the garbage?

B:

a. Of course you would.

b. Maybe it will.

c. I can’t right now.

16. A:

B: I’ll be home this evening.

a. When can I call?

b. What time do you call?

c. When did you call?

17. A: Will you do the dishes?

B:

a. Sure. No problem.

b. No, you can’t.

c. There isn’t any.

18. A: Can I take this chair?

B:

a. Sorry. I can’t.

b. Yes, we will.

c. Go right ahead.

19. A:

B: OK. I’ll do it later.

a. Could you clean your room?

b. Please answer the phone.

c. Will you be quiet, please.

20. A: Can you get some stamps?

B: Of course.

a. I’ll go right now.

b. My car isn’t working.

c. The post office is closed.



Modals of request and permission are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test.Here is a typical example:

New York is one of states drivers hand-held cell phones

. while drivingD

may not to useC

in whichB

the onlyA


21 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. a

4. c

5. c

6. b

PART II

7. May you close the window, please?

8. How can I to help you?

9. You mayn’t copy my homework.

10. Could I wearing your jacket tonight?

11. Would please you take off your coat? / Would please you take off your coat,?

12. Will I borrow your computer?

13. When we can visit you?

PART III

14. b

15. c

16. a

17. a

18. c

19. a

20. a

Could/Will

may not

Can/Could

wear



22 Modals of Advice, Necessity, and Prohibition


8. I must to go soon.

9. The concert is free. You don’t have get a ticket.

10. She no should eat so fast.

11. Do he have to do the laundry?

12. We must not driving without a license.

13. Lisa should to buy some new clothes for the fall.

14. He not have to wear a uniform at work.

1. I don’t work tomorrow.

a. have to

b. must

c. should

2. Josh shouldn’t up so late.

a. stay

b. to stay

c. staying

3. When to be at Julie’s house?

a. we have

b. have we

c. do we have

4. Tell Sasha that he follow the rules.

a. don’t have

b. hasn’t

c. must

5. to stay home tonight?

a. Should we

b. Do we have

c. Are we

6. What time do the children be in bed?

a. have to

b. must

c. should

7. This is a No Smoking area. You smokehere.

a. don’t have to

b. should

c. must not


Total 20


15. A: I’m going to fail this class.

B:

a. You don’t have to study.

b. You should study more.

c. You must not study.

16. A: It’s really late.

B: That’s OK.

a. I shouldn’t go to bed late.

b. I must not work tomorrow.

c. I don’t have to get up early.

17. A:

B: No, I don’t. I’m going to go shopping.

a. You shouldn’t work this weekend.

b. What should we do this weekend?

c. Do you have to work this weekend?

18. A: What rules do you have here?

B: Well,

a. no one has to play music.

b. everyone has to make his bed.

c. some people shouldn’t smoke.

19. A:

B: No, you don’t. It isn’t a requirement.

a. Do I have to take history next year?

b. Are you taking history next year?

c. Why should we take history next year?

20. A: What does that sign mean?

B: It means

a. you must not enter.

b. you don’t have to enter.

c. you want to enter.



Modals of advice, necessity and prohibition are often tested in the Structure section of theTOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

Since voting is a right rather than a requirement for American citizens, they vote in

federal, state, or local elections.

A. must not

B. could not

C. should not

D. don’t have to


22 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. a

3. c

4. c

5. b

6. a

7. c

PART II

8. I must to go soon.

9. The concert is free. You don’t have get a ticket.

10. She no should eat so fast.

11. Do he have to do the laundry?

12. We must not driving without a license.

13. Lisa should to buy some new clothes for the fall.

14. He not have to wear a uniform at work.

PART III

15. b

16. c

17. c

18. b

19. a

20. a

toshouldn’t

Doesdrive

does



23 Object Pronouns; Direct and Indirect Objects


8. David described his problem for me.

9. Will you prepare breakfast to the children, please?

10. Did you explain your reasons them?

11. There’s a package for they on the table.

12. Can you fix the car engine to me?

13. What did the police officer to you say?

14. Can you repeat the question me?

1. Marcus isn’t here. Please call at home.

a. he

b. him

c. his

2. Lynn offered a piece of cake.

a. to me

b. for me

c. me

3. Did they sell ?

a. the piano Pete

b. Pete the piano

c. for Pete the piano

4. Sun-hee’s parents gave for her birthday.

a. her a car

b. a car for her

c. a car her

5. On Thanksgiving my mother made a large meal.

a. us

b. to us

c. for us

6. Please explain .

a. the problem to us

b. for us the problem

c. us the problem

7. Celia invited to her party.

a. you and I

b. we

c. you and me


Total 20


15. A:

B: I cooked them some eggs.

a. What did they cook?

b. What did they cook for you?

c. What did you cook for them?

16. A: Whose package is this?

B: It’s mine.

a. Tomek sent it to me.

b. We gave it to Tomek.

c. Tomek has it.

17. A: They sold Larry the house.

B:

a. Who bought it?

b. When did he buy it?

c. What did he buy?

18. A: I owe Bob some money.

B:

a. How much do you owe him?

b. When did you pay him?

c. Did he give it back yet?

19. A: I don’t understand this math problem.

B: That’s OK.

a. Please explain it to me.

b. We’ll explain it to the teacher.

c. I can explain it to you.

20. A: Reiko mailed you some chocolates.

B: Really?

a. She didn’t eat them.

b. I didn’t get them.

c. You didn’t make them.



Object pronouns and direct and indirect objects are often tested in the Structure section of theTOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

Squirrels have sharp claws for climbing and bushy tails that help keep their balance.

A. them

B. they

C. to them

D. their


23 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. b

4. a

5. c

6. a

7. c

PART II

8. David described his problem for me.

9. Will you prepare breakfast to the children, please?

10. Did you explain your reasons them?

11. There’s a package for they on the table.

12. Can you fix the car engine to me?

13. What did the police officer to you say ?

14. Can you repeat the question me?

PART III

15. c

16. a

17. b

18. a

19. c

20. b

to

to

for

them

for

to



24 Infinitives and Gerunds After Verbs


7. Did you discuss to take a trip?

8. She needs find a new job.

9. Yuki hates to disappointing her parents.

10. Did Jack agree giving a speech?

11. They dislike to stay up late.

12. I expect seeing you tomorrow.

13. The Johnsons plan buying a new house.

1. Juan hopes us at the airport.

a. to meet

b. visiting

c. see

2. I couldn’t avoid the teacher’s question.

a. say

b. answering

c. to ask

3. Last summer we started to Japanese.

a. spoke

b. learning

c. study

4. Do you need any winter clothes?

a. to buy

b. borrowing

c. gave

5. Mark loves on the beach.

a. jogged

b. run

c. walking

6. What kind of movies do you enjoy ?

a. to look

b. watching

c. to see

7. My friends prefer to in restaurants.

a. dining

b. eating

c. eat


Total 20


15. A: What do you like to do on weekends?

B:

a. I dislike shopping.

b. I hate to work at home.

c. I enjoy going out.

16. A: Are you going to move?

B: No.

a. We decided to stay.

b. We need to leave.

c. We plan to go.

17. A: Is the report ready?

B: Yes, we this morning.

a. started to write it

b. finished writing it

c. tried to write it

18. A: I like to play tennis.

B:

a. I dislike it, too.

b. I prefer to swim.

c. Do you avoid it?

19. A: Do you enjoy going to restaurants?

B: Yes.

a. I like to try different dishes.

b. I prefer to stay home.

c. I love to cook my own food.

20. A: Did you discuss the problem?

B: No.

a. We kept talking about it.

b. We began to talk about it.

c. We avoided talking about it.



Infinitives and gerunds are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is atypical example:

Lion cubs, like all cats, learn their fur clean by licking it and combing it with their teeth.

A. for keeping

B. to keep

C. keeping

D. keep


24 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. c

4. a

5. c

6. b

7. c

PART II

8. Did you discuss to take a trip?

9. She needs find a new job.

10. Yuki hates to disappointing her parents.

11. Did Tony agree giving a speech?

12. They dislike to stay up late.

13. I expect seeing you tomorrow.

14. The Johnsons plan buying a new house.

PART III

15. c

16. a

17. b

18. b

19. a

20. c

to

taking

disappointing/to disappoint

to givestaying

to seeto buy



25 Comparatives


8. Mike is more short than I am.

9. Is a boat cheaper a motorcycle?

10. Chinese is more harder to learn than Italian.

11. Our neighborhood is quiet than yours.

12. Jeff works slowly than Mariko.

13. My computer is more efficiently than David’s.

14. Which instrument is more easier to play?

1. I take more vacations than Josh .

a. is

b. does

c. do

2. Larry is a good speaker. David speaks , too.

a. well

b. better

c. better than

3. Lynn is worker than Jenny.

a. an efficient

b. more efficiently

c. a more efficient

4. Today’s test was less than last week’s test.

a. difficult

b. harder

c. easily

5. We go out to eat than you do.

a. frequently

b. more frequent

c. more frequently

6. Who drives , Paul or Jacob?

a. the bad

b. more bad

c. worse

7. Sally is than Sara.

a. friendly

b. friendlier

c. more friends


Total 20


15. A: The football team is terrible this year.

B: You’re right.

a. They were worse last year.

b. They were better last year.

c. They’re more popular this year.

16. A: Our last vacation was so boring.

B: I agree. This time

a. let’s go somewhere more exciting.

b. let’s go somewhere quieter.

c. let’s go somewhere more relaxing.

17. A: Watch out! This road is dangerous.

B: I know.

a. I’ll be less careful.

b. I’ll drive more slowly.

c. I’ll go faster.

18. A: E-mail is much faster than regular mail.

B: I know.

a. But it’s less personal.

b. It’s a lot slower, too.

c. Why is regular mail better?

19. A: Are you older than your brother?

B:

a. Yes, he’s older.

b. No, I’m older.

c. Yes, he’s younger.

20. A: I’m much happier now than I was last year.

B:

a. Why were you happier?

b. Oh, that’s too bad.

c. I’m glad to hear it!



Comparatives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

On the electromagnetic spectrum, microwaves infrared waves but

radio short waves.

as long asD

notC

longer asB

areA


25 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. c

4. a

5. c

6. c

7. b

PART II

8. Mike is more short than I am.

9. Is a boat cheaper a motorcycle?

10. Chinese is more harder to learn than Italian.

11. Our neighborhood is quiet than yours.

12. Jeff works slowly than Mariko.

13. My computer is more efficiently than David’s.

14. Which instrument is more easier to play?

PART III

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. a

19. c

20. c

shorter

than

quietermore

efficient



26 Superlatives


7. Bob is the most friendliest waiter in the restaurant.

8. Is Luisa a best student in the class?

9. January is the most cold month of the year.

10. Mt. Everest is the highest mountain than all.

11. Mrs. Williams has the more money than anyone in this town.

12. I got the higher grade on the test of all the students.

13. Naomi is the most fast swimmer on her team.

14. This house has the beautifullest garden on our street.

1. Steve is the student in my math class.

a. smarter

b. smartest

c. most smart

2. Pete speaks more French than we do, but his accentis .

a. the worst

b. the bad

c. the most badly

3. The Pacific Ocean is the biggest ocean all.

a. than

b. from

c. of

4. Which subject is , sociology or economics?

a. more difficult

b. most difficult of

c. the most difficult in

5. Koji is than his two brothers.

a. the youngest

b. younger

c. more young

6. Mr. Graves is teacher of all in the school.

a. more popular

b. the more popular

c. the most popular


Total 20


15. A: Who’s the best student in Spanish class?

B: Dan.

a. He has the worst accent.

b. He speaks the most fluently.

c. He knows the least.

16. A: Why is your university so difficult to get in?

B:

a. It has the largest campus.

b. The professors are famous.

c. It has the hardest exams.

17. A: My new apartment is the most expensive in thebuilding.

B:

a. My apartment is new, too.

b. Why is it cheaper?

c. It’s also the largest.

18. A: The book was more interesting than the play orthe movie.

B: I agree.

a. I loved the book.

b. The book was boring.

c. The book was the least interesting.

19. A: Which sport do you like the best?

B:

a. I think skiing is very exciting.

b. Hang gliding is the most dangerous.

c. I don’t enjoy playing Ping-Pong.

20. A: Sonia is smarter than everyone in her class.

B: I disagree. I think

a. Paulo is more popular.

b. Paulo is the nicest.

c. Paulo is the most intelligent.



Superlatives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

The Atacama Desert in northern Chile, 13,500 feet above sea level at its highest point, is the

highest desert .A. of the world

B. than all

C. as any

D. in the world


26 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. c

4. a

5. b

6. c

PART II

7. Bob is the most friendliest waiter in the restaurant.

8. Is Luisa a best student in the class?

9. January is the most cold month of the year.

10. Mt. Everest is the highest mountain than all.

11. Mrs. Williams has the more money than anyone in this town.

12. I got the higher grade on the test of all the students.

13. Naomi is the most fast swimmer on her team.

14. This house has the beautifullest garden on our street.

PART III

15. b

16. b

17. c

18. a

19. a

20. c

of

thecoldest

mosthighest

fastest

most beautiful

1. you close the window in the living room, please?

a. Do

b. May

c. Will

d. Should

2. Take your time. wait for you in the car.

a. I

b. I do

c. I’m

d. I’ll

3. a bookshop on campus?

a. Are there

b. Are they

c. Is there

d. There

4. My geography class is less than my math class.

a. difficult

b. easier

c. harder

d. more difficult

5. What going to do after class tomorrow?

a. are

b. they are

c. are they

d. they

6. Who is teacher in your group?

a. the

b. some

c. an

d. �

7. Juan hopes a new can next year.

a. buy

b. buys

c. to buy

d. buying

8. Angel plays the guitar. He play the piano, too.

a. could

b. can’t

c. couldn’t

d. can

9. Elsa offered a cup of tea.

a. for me

b. me

c. to me

d. at me

10. books are on my desk.

a. They’re

b. There

c. They

d. Their

11. Do you see the No Parking sign? You park here.

a. must not

b. should

c. don’t have to

d. must

12. Ruben is fluent in English, but he speaks Spanish.

a. a few

b. little

c. any

d. many

13. We’re not sure, but we go to Spain thissummer.

a. may

b. will

c. won’t

d. can

1 Grammar Sense 1 Progress Test B: Chapters 14–26 © Oxford University Press

B Chapters 14–26P R O G R E S S T E S T


27. A: Are my sunglasses on the table?

B:

a. No, they aren’t.

b. Yes, there are.

c. No, there isn’t.

28. A: Why did she choose that house?

B:

a. It was the largest.

b. It has a very high rent.

c. It was in a bad neighborhood.

29. A:

B: I might have dinner with Susan.

a. What did you do yesterday?

b. What restaurant do you like?

c. What are you going to do tomorrow night?

30. A: Is he going to move to New York?

B: Yes,

a. he decided to go.

b. he plans to stay here.

c. he needs to stay in Boston.

31. A: Where is your report? It’s late!

B: Sorry!

a. Did you like it?

b. I’ll finish it tonight.

c. It’s my report.

32. A: Does Paula have any special abilities?

B:

a. She’s Japanese.

b. She likes Japanese.

c. She can speak Japanese.


14. team members to collect uniforms before .

15. The Sahara a third and is

16. , but isn’t .

17. ?

18. of , Calcutta than the , New Delhi.

19. I , please?

20. Hanna , but she relatives there.

21. , but dislike .

22. tomorrow.

23. San Diego Southern California, located the Mexican border.

24. college .

25. , I English.

26. the professor reasons ?themD

herC

explainB

DidA

speakD

could noC

a young childB

AsA

next yearD

graduate fromC

probably mightB

My brother TonyA

next toD

inC

large cityB

isA

on televisionD

the football gameC

to watchB

We goingA

to flyD

by carC

travellingB

They likeA

muchD

doesn’t haveC

in MichiganB

was bornA

new flashlightD

yourC

borrowingB

CouldA

capitalD

is crowdedC

four million peopleB

With a populationA

in ten yearsD

beC

you willB

WhereA

no fresh fruitD

thereC

some dried apricotsB

There areA

in the world.D

a largest desertC

of AfricaB

coversA

the next gameD

theirC

shouldB

TheA




33. A: May I help you?

B:

a. Yes, it’s yours.

b. No, I can’t.

c. Yes, please.

34. A:

B: No, you don’t.

a. Do you have an application?

b. Do I have to mail my application today?

c. Do you need an application today?

35. A:

B: I cooked them some Italian food.

a. What did they cook?

b. What did they cook for you?

c. What did you cook for them?

36. A: Don’t forget your sweater.

B: Why?

a. Was it cold?

b. It’s cold.

c. Is it going to be cold?

37. A: She’s much busier now than she was last month.

B:

a. Why was she busier last month?

b. Does she need some help?

c. Why is she less busy?

38. A: I failed my math test.

B:

a. Good luck!

b. Congratulations.

c. You need to study harder.

39. A: Do you have any coins for the parking meter?

B: Well,

a. I have a little.

b. I have a few.

c. thanks.

40. A: Mom, where are the front door keys?

B: They’re in living room.

a. the

b. a

c. �

PART III. Continued.

Score 40

4 Grammar Sense 1 Progress B Test: Answer Key © Oxford University Press

B Answer Key


1. c

2. d

3. c

4. a

5. c

6. a

7. c

8. d

9. b

10. d

11. a

12. b

13. a

14. B

15. C

16. D

17. B

18. C

19. B

20. D

21. D

22. A

23. B

24. B

25. C

26. D

27. a

28. a

29. c

30. a

31. b

32. c

33. c

34. b

35. c

36. c

37. b

38. c

39. b

40. a

Part I

Part II

Part III

1. Solar energy cause pollution. It is very clean.

a. doesn’t

b. don’t

c. isn’t

d. aren’t

2. When do publish the economic reportsfor the quarter?

a. it

b. he

c. they

d. she

3. How many people in Moscow?

a. lives

b. live

c. does live

d. do live

4. Marta have the answer key for the test.

a. doesn’t

b. don’t

c. not

d. no

5. French and drama popular electives at this university.

a. be

b. am

c. is

d. are

6. Alex well today?

a. Does / feels

b. Does / feel

c. Do / feels

d. Do / feel


1 The Simple Present




7. Does students need a book for this class?

8. Why does Jada has the applications on her desk?

9. Dr. Clarion and Dr. Martin doesn’t work in the emergency room.

10. How often does you test the atmosphere for toxins?

11. Mrs. Kowalski work in the health science library on campus.

12. Scientists doesn’t know the origin of the universe.

13. Min-woo not in my biology class.

14. A: Does Ruth walk to work every day?

B:

a. No, she usually drives.

b. The number 47 bus.

15. A: Where is the Sahara Desert?

B:

a. Very hot!

b. In Africa.

16. A: That chair looks wet.

B:

a. Yes, it looks like a chair.

b. Oh, don’t sit on it.

17. A: Why are concrete and brick common buildingmaterials here?

B:

a. They’re strong and durable.

b. They’re not in many buildings.

18. A: Do you belong to the science club?

B:

a. No, the math club.

b. It meets on Tuesdays.

19. A: What does the word astute mean?

B:

a. That is very kind of you.

b. It means “intelligent.”

20. A:

B: In the evening.

a. When do you usually check your e-mail?

b. Where do you usually check your e-mail?




The simple present is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:



A. do not believe


C. not believe

D. believing

Total 20


1 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. c

3. b

4. a

5. d

6. b

PART II

7. Does students need a book for this class?

8. Why does Jada has the applications on her desk?

9. Dr. Clarion and Dr. Martin doesn’t work in the emergency room.

10. How often does you test the atmosphere for toxins?

11. Mrs. Kowalski work in the health science library on campus.

12. Scientists doesn’t know the origin of the universe.

13. Min-woo not in my biology class.

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. a

havedon’t

worksdon’t

is

Do

do

1. write in the margins of your test booklet, class.

a. Doesn’t

b. Don’t

c. Not

d. No

2. Please the bottom of this form, sir.

a. sign

b. signs

c. signing

d. to sign

3. Please do not the computers on all night.

a. leaves

b. leaving

c. leave

d. to leave

4. Lauren, please come to class late.

a. does not

b. do not

c. is not

d. are not

5. touch those chemicals! They’re acids.

a. Does not

b. Not

c. Don’t

d. No

6. If you lose something, the lost and found.

a. check

b. checks

c. to check

d. be checking


2 Imperatives




7. Not waste electricity and water.

8. Please takes good notes, Erica.

9. Paulo, please doesn’t give food to the dog.

10. Don’t turning on the oven now.

11. Don’t to go to the library without me.

12. Koji, holding the ladder for me.

13. Please no lose the slides and test tubes.

14. A: How can I get to the bank from here?

B:

a. Take the first left after the light.

b. Please take the first left after the light.

15. A: How do you make this tea?

B:

a. Drink it before it gets cold.

b. Add some mint to the boiling water.

16. A: I’m going to the grocery store now.

B:

a. Pick up a loaf of bread, please.

b. Have a cup of coffee.

17. A: Oh no! Her leg is broken.

B:

a. Don’t touch it!

b. Don’t get help!

18. A: That soup smells delicious.

B:

a. First, boil a chicken. Then, add water.

b. Have a bowl, Derek.

19. A: Excuse me, but it’s cold in here.

B:

a. You turn off the fan now.

b. Go ahead and close the window.

20. A: I’m always tired at work.

B:

a. Go to bed earlier.

b. Don’t worry about it.




Imperatives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

After a hurricane, touch or low-hanging wires and careful around weakened trees

and damaged structures.otherD

beC

fallenB

notA

Total 20


2 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. c

4. b

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. Not waste electricity and water.

8. Please takes good notes, Erica.

9. Paulo, please doesn’t give food to the dog.

10. Don’t turning on the oven now.

11. Don’t to go to the library without me.

12. Koji, holding the ladder for me.

13. Please no lose the slides and test tubes.

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. a

17. a

18. b

19. b

20. a

Don’t waste

don’t

don’t

take

turn

hold

1. Many Internet companies laying offworkers as a result of poor profits.

a. be

b. am

c. is

d. are

2. Why are you the newspaper from lastweek?

a. read

b. reads

c. reading

d. to read

3. Many economists believe the world economyright now.

a. am shrinking

b. is shrinking

c. are shrinking

d. shrinking

4. Who to your party next week?

a. are you coming

b. is he coming

c. is coming

d. are coming

5. I expecting Holly for dinner today.

a. not

b. not be

c. are not

d. am not

6. you ill? You don’t look well.

a. Are / feeling

b. Is / feeling

c. Are / feels

d. Is / feel


3 The Present Continuous


PART I. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence.


7. What are you study this semester?

8. Who Diego and Carl are talking to right now?

9. Victor no is practicing with the team today.

10. Naomi and Emily are having two brothers.

11. Political parties not are spending very much money on campaigns this year.

12. Our team is win a lot of matches these days.

13. Water is boiling at 100˚ C.

14. A: You seem very happy these days.

B:

a. I’m seeing someone from my English class.

b. I see someone from my English class.

15. A: How is Kalin enjoying her vacation?

B:

a. She has a good time.

b. She’s having a good time.

16. A: Is Irina coming to the party?

B:

a. She’s thinking about it.

b. She thinks about it.

17. A: What are you thinking about?

B:

a. That’s a good idea.

b. My exams.

18. A: What is Stefan doing this morning?

B:

a. He is taking his car to the mechanic.

b. He takes his car to the mechanic.

19. A: Do you see Bob?

B: Yes.

a. He’s standing in the first row.

b. We have a great relationship.

20. A: I’m going to the post office now.

B:

a. Do you come back right away?

b. Are you coming back right away?


PART III. Choose the sentence or phrase that best completes the exchange.


The present continuous is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is atypical example:

In cities around the world, air pollution from car exhausts many ancient statues,

monuments and buildings.

A. is damage

B. are damaging

C. are damages

D. is damaging

Total 20


3 Answer Key


Part I

1. d

2. c

3. b

4. c

5. d

6. a

Part II

7. What are you study this semester?

8. Who Diego and Carl are talking to right now?

9. Victor no is practicing with the team today.

10. Naomi and Emily are having two brothers.

11. Political parties not are spending very much money on campaigns this year.

12. Our team is win a lot of matches these days.

13. Water is boiling at 100˚ C.

Part III

14. a

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. a

19. a

20. b

studying

nothave

winningboils

1. Who the Nobel Peace Prize in 2001?

a. win

b. won

c. used to win

d. use to win

2. Where the ancient land of Mesopotamia?

a. be

b. used to be

c. was

d. did

3. Did Pakistan be part of India?

a. used to

b. use to

c. did

d. was

4. I enjoy basketball, but I don’t anymore.

a. used to

b. use to

c. was

d. were

5. Did Andre to Spanish class this morning?

a. goes

b. go

c. went

d. used to go

6. How do on the exam last week?

a. you

b. did

c. you did

d. did you


4 The Simple Past




7. My aunt and uncle buyed a new house near the beach last year.

8. When did you used to live in Tokyo?

9. The army use to own this building and the land around it.

10. Who used teach English 101?

11. Holly and Sara no were at the concert last night.

12. Many birds did no survive last winter.

13. Why did Eva left her car at your place last night?

14. A: I always used to watch TV in the mornings.

B:

a. What are you favorite programs?

b. Why did you stop?

15. A: Did you use to work at a bookstore?

B:

a. Yes, I like it a lot.

b. Yes, it was a great job.

16. A: When did you move to the United States?

B:

a. In 1999.

b. Next week.

17. A:

B: He seems to like it.

a. Bob starts his new job tomorrow.

b. Bob started his new job last week.

18. A:

B: Yes, but I don’t have time anymore.

a. Did you use to play tennis on the weekends?

b. Did you play tennis last weekend?

19. A: Where were you last month?

B:

a. We spent a month at the beach.

b. We used to spend a month at the beach.

20. A: Megan completed her degree two years ago.

B:

a. What is she studying?

b. What did she study?




The simple past is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

The summer of 2003 numerous records in western Europe for the highest

temperatures ever recorded in countries across the continent.

A. break

B. broken

C. broke

D. braked

Total 20


4 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. a

4. a

5. b

6. d

PART II

7. My aunt and uncle buyed a new house near the beach last year.

8. When did you used to live in Tokyo?

9. The army use to own this building and the land around it.

10. Who used teach English 101?

11. Holly and Sara no were at the concert last night.

12. Many birds did no survive last winter.

13. Why did Eva left her car at your place last night?

PART III

14. b

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. a

19. a

20. b

bought

used

weren’t

notleave

to

use

1. We were watching a play at the Rialto Theaterwhen the lights out.

a. were going

b. was going

c. went

2. Elena and Alex living in Izmit, Turkey,when the earthquake struck.

a. was

b. were

c. be

3. After World War II , the United Statespopulation increased very quickly.

a. ended

b. were ending

c. was ending

4. Rita a dessert for the picnic, and I waspreparing a salad.

a. made

b. was making

c. making

5. Chris was standing near the telephone when heit ring.

a. was hearing

b. were hearing

c. heard

6. Where at the baseball game?

a. was Jake sitting

b. Jake was sitting

c. Jake sat


5 The Past Continuous and Past Time Clauses




7. He was seeming very upset about the loss of his business.

8. It no was snowing when I left the house.

9. When Julie was arriving, everyone was eating.

10. Aristotle was being a Greek philosopher in the fourth century B.C.

11. Ben Franklin were living in Philadelphia when he created Poor Richard’s Alamanac.

12. Joon-ho was no studying when I called.

13. I wasn’t know Amy before she introduced herself at the party last year.

14. A: Why is Greg worried about his car?

B:

a. He was parking it in a No Parking zone.

b. He parked it in a No Parking zone.

15. A: Was Myles injured in the accident?

B:

a. No, he was wearing a seat belt when it happened.

b. No, he put on a seat belt when it happened.

16. A:

B: It broke.

a. What happened when Steve dropped the vase?

b. What was happening when Steve dropped the vase?

17. A: I’m sorry.

B: That’s okay.

a. I didn’t know you were using the computer.

b. I didn’t know you used the computer.

18. A:

B: I was sleeping. I was feeling sick.

a. What did you do last night?

b. What were you doing at 3:00 P.M.yesterday afternoon?

19. A: What was Susan saying when I came in?

B:

a. She was telling me about her vacation.

b. She told me the time.

20. A: After the movie, everyone was taking taxis homebecause

B: Did you take a taxi, too?

a. it rained.

b. it was raining.




The past continuous and past time clauses are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL®test. Here is a typical example:


suggested Galileo Galilei.byD

based onC

was inventingB

a Dutch physicistA

Total 20


5 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. b

3. a

4. b

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. He was seeming very upset about the loss of his business.

8. It no was snowing when I left the house.

9. When Julie was arriving, everyone was eating.

10. Aristotle was being a Greek philosopher in the fourth century B.C.

11. Ben Franklin were living in Philadelphia when he created Poor Richard’s Alamanac.

12. Joon-ho was no studying when I called.

13. I wasn’t know Amy before she introduced herself at the party last year.

PART III

14. b

15. a

16. a

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. b

seemed

wasn’t

arrived

lived

didn’t

not

1. Astronomers haven’t signs of life in anyother solar system.

a. see

b. saw

c. seen

2. Dinosaurs extinct for millions of years.

a. has been

b. have been

c. were

3. Have you your report yet?

a. wrote

b. written

c. write

4. When he his driver’s test?

a. did / pass

b. has / passed

c. have / passed

5. Who these e-mail messages?

a. has he read

b. she has read

c. has read

6. Gary has studied Russian for .

a. three years

b. 2000

c. since last semester


6 The Present Perfect




7. Columbus has discovered America in 1492.

8. Reiko and Koji have lived in the United States since five years.

9. How long Tomek has worked in sales?

10. Celia and Luiz no have visited Canada.

11. Andre has spoke to his manager about the computer network problems.

12. Kendra has not never failed an exam in her life.

13. Thomas Edison has invented the incandescent lamp in 1879.

14. A: Have you ever visited Paris?

B:

a. Once.

b. Since 2002.

15. A: How long did your father work at the universitybefore his retirement?

B:

a. He has been there for twenty-five years.

b. He was there for twenty-five years.

16. A: I’ve already been to the supermarket.

B:

a. Can I go with you?

b. Did they have any fresh fruit?

17. A: Have you ever taken a Transatlantic flight?

B:

a. No, not yet.

b. No, I didn’t.

18. A: Juan has played the drums for three months.

B: I know.

a. He quit because he likes the guitar more.

b. He’s really good for a beginner.

19. A:

B: Be careful. Don’t miss any more.

a. I missed three classes last term.

b. So far I’ve missed three classes this semester.

20. A: Julie has lived in Miami for 30 years.

B:

a. I don’t think she’ll ever move.

b. It was difficult for her to move after so long.




The present perfect is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

Since 1896, when the first modern Olympic games were held in Athens, Greece, thousands of

athletes from around the world in Olympic events.

A. competed

B. compete

C. have competed

D. are competing

Total 20


6 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. b

3. b

4. a

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. Columbus has discovered America in 1492.

8. Reiko and Koji have lived in the United States since five years.

9. How long Tomek has worked in sales?

10. Celia and Luiz no have visited Canada.

11. Andre has spoke to his manager about the computer network problems.

12. Kendra has not never failed an exam in her life.

13. Thomas Edison has invented the incandescent lamp in 1879.

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. b

17. a

18. b

19. b

20. a

for

not

spoken

1. Many reporters predict that the mayor theelection next year.

a. is not winning

b. is not going to win

c. not win

2. Fumiko to have dinner with Reiko onFriday night.

a. go

b. are going

c. is going

3. Scientists alternative energy sources in thenext hundred years.

a. are going to find

b. going to find

c. is going to find

4. I think Julie will President of the UnitedStates some day.

a. becomes

b. become

c. becoming

5. Miguel many historic landmarks on histrip to Philadelphia next week.

a. sees

b. be seeing

c. is going to see

6. practicing with the team tomorrow?

a. Is Jada

b. Will Jada

c. Is Jada going to


7 Future Time: Be Going To, Will, and the Present Continuous




7. Many economists believe that interest rates are gonna drop again.

8. The exhibit will opens in three weeks.

9. The team not will win the game without Kedra.

10. Tomek is going perform in a Broadway musical next month.

11. When wills the semester end?

12. Is going home for the holidays Soo-jin?

13. My aunt and uncle is flying to Baltimore tonight.

14. A: I can’t carry these shopping bags!

B:

a. I’m going shopping for bags next week.

b. I’ll help you with them. Give me that big one.

15. A:

B: Is it big?

a. We are going to buy a house some day.

b. We are moving into our new apartment next week.

16. A: Oh, no! I forgot to get drinks for the partytonight.

B:

a. I’m going to get some tomorrow.

b. I’ll get some right now.

17. A: I need to pay off my credit card debt.

B:

a. I’ll help you with a payment plan.

b. Will this purchase be cash or charge?

18. A: Did you listen to the radio? Will there be a lot oftraffic on the way home?

B: Yes.

a. There’s going to be heavy traffic because ofthe baseball game.

b. There was heavy traffic last weekend.

19. A: Are you going to the game Friday night?

B: I already have plans.

a. I’m spending the evening with my cousins.

b. I will spend the evening with my cousins.

20. A: Please don’t forget your report again tomorrow.

B: I promise.

a. I’m not going to.

b. I won’t.




Future time with be going to, will and the present continuous is often tested in the Structuresection of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

Scientists think that global temperatures even more in the

unless the burning of fossil fuels significantly.can be reducedD

near futureC

dramaticallyB

are risingA

Total 20


7 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. a

4. b

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. Many economists believe that interest rates are gonna drop again.

8. The exhibit will opens in three weeks.

9. The team not will win the game without Kedra.

10. Tomek is going perform in a Broadway musical next month.

11. When wills the semester end?

12. Is going home for the holidays Soo-jin ?

13. My aunt and uncle is flying to Baltimore tonight.

PART III

14. b

15. b

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. a

20. b

going to

to

are

open

will

1. you give me your credit card number, I’llhold the reservation for you.

a. Before

b. If

c. While

2. We’ll let you know about an interview themanager reviews your résumé.

a. while

b. before

c. after

3. If Holly a new job, she’ll buy a new car.

a. gets

b. is getting

c. will get

4. Before you come over, I my apartment.

a. am cleaning

b. clean

c. will clean

5. Carl angry if he loses the account.

a. is going

b. will

c. will be

6. Lynn and Pete will be very happy when theytheir new neighbors.

a. meets

b. meet

c. will meet


8 Future Time Clauses and If Clauses




7. Our team will winning the championship if Sun-hee plays well.

8. When Hiro will comes, we will start the dinner.

9. If you leave before the end of the movie, you know who wins the race.

10. I tell Rob to call you when he comes home.

11. The director isn’t going to promote Amy if her evaluations won’t be good.

12. We always turn on the lights before it get very dark.

13. If you eat that whole pizza, you aren’t able to walk!

14. A: If Naomi gets the promotion, her salary will increase.

B:

a. She has a good chance.

b. Her next paycheck will be very good.

15. A: We’re not sure if Julie is coming.

B: Okay.

a. If she comes, call me.

b. When she comes, call me.

16. A:

B: I’m sorry. I’m Luisa Martin.

a. I won’t be able to give you that information ifyou give me your name.

b. I won’t be able to give you that informationbefore you give me your name.

17. A: I’ll see Hanna when I stop by the office.

B:

a. Why aren’t you going to see Hanna?

b. What time will that be?

18. A: The new models are coming in next week.

B: Great!

a. The selection will be better before the newcars arrive.

b. The selection will be better when the newcars arrive.

19. A:

B: I agree. He shouldn’t move.

a. Tyrone will be miserable if he leaves New York.

b. Tryone won’t be miserable if he leaves New York.

20. A: Your trip to Europe is going to be fantastic!Make sure you go to Paris.

B: Yes, we will.

a. We’re going to visit the Eiffel tower if we get there.

b. We’re going to visit the Eiffel tower when weget there.




Future time clauses and if clauses are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test.Here is a typical example:

an automobile at an average speed of 60 miles per hour, it

180 miles.

will travelD

in three hoursC

will travelB

IfA

Total 20


8 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. a

4. c

5. c

6. b

PART II

7. Our team will winning the championship if Sun-hee plays well.

8. When Hiro will comes, we will start the dinner.

9. If you leave before the end of the movie, you know who wins the race.

10. I tell Rob to call you when he comes home.

11. The director isn’t going to promote Amy if her evaluations won’t be good.

12. We always turn on the lights before it get very dark.

13. If you eat that whole pizza, you aren’t able to walk!

PART III

14. a

15. a

16. b

17. b

18. b

19. a

20. b

will

willaren’t

gets

won’t be

win

come

1. Today’s astronomers the movement ofmost stars with high-powered telescopes.

a. can see

b. could see

c. is able to see

d. were able be to see

2. In the early 20th century, doctors bacterialinfections because antibiotics did not exist.

a. cannot treat

b. could not treat

c. may treat

d. will be able to treat

3. By hunting in large groups, our human ancestorsextremely large animals.

a. was able to kill

b. were able to kill

c. able to kill

d. will be able to kill

4. I think Tomek the exam for his flying license.

a. know how to pass

b. were able to pass

c. will pass

d. pass

5. There is no guarantee, but medical researchersa cure for cancer someday.

a. can be able to

b. are able to find

c. will be able to find

d. may be able to find

6. After the car accident, the woman hername or her home address.

a. wasn’t able to remember

b. not able to remember

c. able to remember

d. will be able to remember


9 Modals of Ability and Possibility




7. Many journalists don’t use technical terms in their news stories because their readers maybe

confused by them.

8. After you finish the computer class, you be able to fix a 64-bit processor?

9. An economist can determines the health of a nation’s economy based on the levels of

inflation and unemployment.

10. Why can’t Matt come to the rehearsal last night?

11. Yesterday, the senators could pass several bills before Congress went on vacation.

12. You able to walk across the Golden Gate Bridge during your visit?

13. A: I might go to the theater tonight.

B:

a. When will you know?

b. I’ll see you there at 7:30.

14. A: What do you know about tornadoes?

B:

a. They know how to make people’s lives difficult.

b. They can be very dangerous andunpredictable.

15. A: What skills will I learn in this training?

B:

a. You can create a spreadsheet and a database.

b. You’ll be able to repair most small appliances.

16. A: Is Keiko going on vacation next month?

B:

a. She might be, but I’m not sure.

b. Maybe she can, but I’m not sure.

17. A:

B: Maybe, but it depends on how much homeworkI have.

a. Were you able to finish your homework?

b. Will you go to the game on Tuesday?

18. A: Oleg’s train might not arrive until midnight.

B:

a. Could you pick him up for me?

b. Were you able to meet him at the station?

19. A: When I was a kid, I could stand on my head.

B:

a. Does your head hurt?

b. Could you also stand on your hands?

20. A: I’m sorry, but the attorney can’t interview thewitness today.

B:

a. When will she be able to interview him?

b. When will she know how to interview him?




Modals of ability and possibility are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Hereis a typical example:

Mozart to play melodies on the harpsichord at the age of three and began to perform in

the European courts soon after.

A. could already

B. was already able

C. can already

D. is already able

Total 20


9 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. b

4. c

5. d

6. a

PART II

7. Many journalists don’t use technical terms in their news stories because their readers

maybe confused by them.

8. After you finish the computer class, you be able to fix a 64-bit processor?

9. An economist can determines the health of a nation’s economy based on the levels of

inflation and unemployment.

10. Why can’t Matt come to the rehearsal last night?

11. Yesterday, the Senators could pass several bills before Congress went on vacation.

12. You able to walk across the Golden Gate Bridge during your visit?

PART III

13. a

14. b

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. a

19. b

20. a

may bewill

passed

Were you

couldn’t

determine

1. I think Alex would to have Chinese foodtonight.

a. prefer

b. prefers

c. to prefer

2. I’m not feeling well. I’d rather go to theshow.

a. no

b. not

c. don’t

3. May I you to your seat, sir?

a. help

b. helping

c. to help

4. Could you me your car tomorrow?

a. will lend

b. lending

c. lend

5. I think Naomi would like become the newmanager.

a. rather

b. to

c. not

6. join us for dinner?

a. Nicole would prefer

b. Nicole

c. Could Nicole


10 Modals and Phrases of Request, Permission,Desire, and Preference




7. Can Ana joins our study group?

8. Passengers may proceeding directly to the gate.

9. Would you to call Luisa and Paulo for me?

10. Library patrons mayn’t remove books from the reference section without permission.

11. When you can accept applications for the next course?

12. I think Kevin would prefer to sits next to the window.

13. Would you like dance with me?

14. A:

B: I would rather have orange juice.

a. Would you like some grape juice?

b. Would you get me something to drink?

15. A:

B: Sure.

a. Would you like to sit next to the window orthe aisle?

b. Would you repeat that?

16. A: Do you want to go to a museum this afternoon?

B:

a. Go right ahead.

b. I’d love to.

17. A: Could you give me directions to the nearest postoffice?

B:

a. Certainly.

b. I’d rather not.

18. A: Could you wash the dishes?

B:

a. I’m sorry. I have a doctor’s appointment now.

b. No, you can’t. I’m sorry.

19. A:

B: Go right ahead.

a. Could you help me move this furniture?

b. Could I move these chairs?

20. A: I’m not very good with numbers. Could youcheck my addition?

B:

a. Yes, you may.

b. No problem.




Modals and phrases of request, permission, desire, and preference are often tested in the Structuresection of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

New York is one of states drivers may not hand-held cell phones

. while drivingD

to useC

in whichB

the onlyA

Total 20


10 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. a

4. c

5. b

6. c

PART II

7. Can Ana joins our study group?

8. Passengers may proceeding directly to the gate.

9. Would you to call Luisa and Paulo for me?

10. Library patrons mayn’t remove books from the reference section without permission.

11. When you can accept applications for the next course?

12. I think Kevin would prefer to sits next to the window.

13. Would you like dance with me?

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. b

may not

to

join

proceed

sit

1. You have to repair the engine today.

a. no

b. not

c. don’t

2. I come to your house at 6:30 or 7:00?

a. Should

b. Ought to

c. Have to

3. Ben could a travel agent to book his flights.

a. ask

b. asks

c. will ask

4. Carl work the late shift.

a. doesn’t have

b. don’t have to

c. doesn’t have to

5. Takeshi get a hair cut or his boss will fire him.

a. have to

b. had better

c. might

6. When give you an answer about the job?

a. I must

b. must I

c. must


11 Modals and Phrasal Modals of Advice, Necessity, and Prohibition




7. Nesha oughts to study creative writing because she is very imaginative.

8. You had better not to lose this key because it is the only one.

9. Should Carl visits Holly on Sunday?

10. We have got close all the windows because it’s starting to rain.

11. Amy doesn’t has to go to work next week.

12. They should to quit smoking.

13. Soo-jin has gots to repeat chemistry next term.

14. A: Where do you want to go this weekend?

B: I don’t care.

a. We must go to the beach.

b. We could go to beach.

15. A: I’m feeling very relaxed because I’m on vacationthis week.

B: You’re lucky.

a. You don’t have to wake up early every day.

b. You have to wake up early every day.

16. A: I see a police car behind us.

B: Yes.

a. You could stop.

b. You’d better stop.

17. A: My library books are due today.

B:

a. You ought to return them.

b. You might return them.

18. A: What do you think will happen to the maincharacter?

B: Shh.

a. You don’t have to talk during the film.

b. You shouldn’t talk during the film.

19. A: Can I come to the surprise party for Sara onFriday?

B:

a. Sure, but you mustn’t tell her about it.

b. Sure, but you don’t have to tell her about it.

20. A: A man just robbed our store!

B:

a. We could call the police.

b. We have to call the police.




Modals and phrasal modals of advice, necessity and prohibition are often tested in the Structuresection of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

Since voting is a right rather than a requirement for American citizens, they vote in

federal, state, or local elections.

A. must not

B. could not

C. should not

D. don’t have to

Total 20


11 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. a

3. a

4. c

5. b

6. b

PART II

7. Nesha oughts to study creative writing because she is very imaginative.

8. You had better not to lose this key because it is the only one.

9. Should Carl visits Holly on Sunday?

10. We have got close all the windows because it’s starting to rain.

11. Amy doesn’t has to go to work next week.

12. They should to quit smoking.

13. Soo-jin has gots to repeat chemistry next term.

PART III

14. b

15. a

16. b

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. b

tohave

ought

visit

got

1. When they from college?

a. has / graduated

b. have / graduated

c. did / graduate

d. does / graduate

2. This is very interesting .

a. book

b. news

c. newspapers

d. films

3. go to the movies with us?

a. Would they be

b. She would prefer

c. Teresa and Tom

d. Could he

4. Where at the concert last night?

a. they sat

b. did sit

c. they were sitting

d. were they sitting

5. Who to your birthday party?

a. is coming

b. are coming

c. are you coming

d. is he coming

6. If Andre a job in Los Angeles, he’ll movethere in the fall.

a. find

b. will find

c. is finding

d. finds

7. Geothermal energy is cheap and causepollution.

a. don’t

b. doesn’t

c. isn’t

d. aren’t

8. Angela was waiting for the bus when she the explosion.

a. heard

b. was hearing

c. were hearing

d. hearing

9. How Paula do on her math test yesterday?

a. she did

b. do

c. did she

d. did

10. Where the Mausoleum at Halicarnassus?

a. be

b. used to be

c. was

d. were

11. Many experts believe that Senator Rutkins the election in the fall.

a. is not going to win

b. is not winning

c. not win

d. doesn’t win

12. Hiroko study hard or she will fail the exam.

a. have to

b. might

c. can be

d. had better

13. look up every new word in the text.

a. No

b. Not

c. Don’t

d. Doesn’t

14. After her fall, Mrs. Garcia without a cane.

a. not able to walk

b. able to walk

c. will be able to walk

d. wasn’t able to walk


A Chapters 1–11P R O G R E S S T E S T



15. will place Seattle in four .

16. Where the for history class?

17. , the Voltaire his , Candide.

18. Why Angie and Lisa with yesterday?

19. Kim very relieved she her presentation at .

20. Carl several business trips he his new job.

21. Dr. Leis English, the .

22. Mr. Hawkins to you the sales meeting?

23. a problem the .

24. excellent , leopard on birds and small mammals.

25. you all those , sick later.

26. of fire or emergency, the red button on the panel.

27. Linda to the application for new .

28. and his wife a boy and a girl.newbornD

one-year-oldC

are havingB

My brotherA

passportD

herC

fill outB

has gotsA

controlD

pushingC

otherB

In caseA

you feelD

chocolatesC

eatB

IfA

feedD

theC

climber and swimmerB

AnA

phone connectionD

withC

maybeB

ThereA

atD

saidC

didB

WhatA

department chairpersonD

he notC

butB

teachesA

startedD

sinceC

onB

has wentA

the conferenceD

gaveC

afterB

was seemingA

the preparationsD

youC

helpB

can’tA

best-known workD

has publishedC

French writerB

In 1759A

Professor Lee’sD

course booksC

buyB

you canA

weeksD

inC

takesB

The lectureA



29. A: What are you watching?

B:

a. That’s beautiful.

b. A French movie.

c. Not really.

30. A: Do you and Laura want to see my new apartment?

B:

a. Congratulations!

b. We’d love to.

c. Go right ahead.

31. A: I don’t know if Luisa is coming to the office today.

B:

a. When she comes, give her this report.

b. Where is she going?

c. If she comes, give her this report.

32. A: Hannah! What’s the answer to question 3?

B: Be quiet.

a. You don’t have to talk during a test.

b. You’d better talk during the test.

c. You shouldn’t talk during a test.

33. A:

B: I would rather have some chocolate cake.

a. Do you prefer chocolate cake?

b. Would you get me some cake?

c. Would you like some ice cream?

34. A: What will I be able to do after this course?

B: write short business letters in Spanish.

a. You’ll be able to

b. You can

c. You


35. A: How long did Elena work in the MIS department before her promotion?

B:

a. She worked there for three years.

b. She has worked there for three years.

c. She will work there for three years.

36. A:

B: She laughed.

a. What happened when you told her the story?

b. What was happening when you told her the story?

c. What was she doing yesterday?

37. A: How do I turn off the computer?

B:

a. Please press the red button on the keyboard.

b. The computer is on.

c. Press the red button on the keyboard.

38. A: We always used to go out in the evenings.

B:

a. Where do you go?

b. Are you going to stop?

c. Why did you stop?

39. A: Do you want to see a movie next Saturday night?

B: Sorry, I already made plans.

a. I’m going out with Paul.

b. I will go out with Paul.

c. I went out with Paul.

40. A: Does the word judicious mean “slow” ?

B: No, .

a. I mean it

b. I know it

c. it means “wise”

PART III. Continued

Score 40


A Answer Key


1. c

2. b

3. d

4. d

5. a

6. d

7. b

8. a

9. d

10. c

11. a

12. d

13. c

14. d

15. B

16. A

17. C

18. A

19. A

20. A

21. C

22. C

23. B

24. D

25. D

26. C

27. A

28. B

29. b

30. b

31. c

32. c

33. c

34. a

35. a

36. a

37. c

38. c

39. a

40. c

Part I

Part II

Part III

1. She quit her second part-time job,shouldn’t she?

a. has

b. should

c. is

2. New cars cost a lot, ?

a. don’t they

b. they don’t

c. doesn’t it

3. The movie wasn’t very good, ?

a. weren’t they

b. wasn’t it

c. was it

4. I’m first on the list, I?

a. aren’t

b. am not

c. isn’t

5. Those shoes are Eva’s, aren’t ?

a. them

b. those

c. they

6. I’m not invited to the party, I?

a. am

b. are

c. aren’t


12 Tag Questions




7. The flowers smell beautiful, aren’t they?

8. You don’t like classical music, you do?

9. Lynn and Matt never played well, didn’t they?

10. I’m blocking your view, aren’t you?

11. We should study more, we shouldn’t?

12. It didn’t snow last night, does it?

13. Your cousin aren’t coming today, is he?

14. A: You brought your driver’s license, didn’t you?

B:

a. Oh, no! I forgot.

b. No, you didn’t.

15. A: I lost my wallet yesterday.

B:

a. You didn’t cancel your credit cards, did you?

b. You cancelled your credit cards, didn’t you?

16. A: Tomek failed chemistry.

B: But he’s really smart!

a. He didn’t study enough, did he?

b. Tomek failed chemistry again, didn’t he?

17. A: The sky was so clear last night, but now thereare dark clouds.

B: Yes, I see them. Tonight we may have athunderstorm.

a. I love rainy nights, don’t you?

b. It didn’t rain last night, did it?

18. A:

B: Sure. When do you want to come in?

a. I changed my appointment, didn’t I?

b. I couldn’t change my appointment, could I?

19. A:

B: No, it actually starts at 5:30.

a. The game starts at 6:00, doesn’t it?

b. The game didn’t start at 6:00, did it?

20. A: Is there any pizza in the refrigerator?

B: I don’t think so.

a. We didn’t eat it yet, did we?

b. We ate it already, didn’t we?




Tag questions are not tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test.

Total 20


12 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. c

4. a

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. The flowers smell beautiful, aren’t they?

8. You don’t like classical music, you do?

9. Lynn and Matt never played well, didn’t they?

10. I’m blocking your view, aren’t you?

11. We should study more, we shouldn’t?

12. It didn’t snow last night, does it?

13. Your cousin aren’t coming today, is he?

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. a

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. b

isn’t

did

don’t

I

did

1. I’m not on the track team, and Rick isn’t .

a. neither

b. either

c. too

2. Paraguay is a land-locked country, is Bolivia.

a. and so

b. and neither

c. and

3. Eve doesn’t like Mexican food, does Kim.

a. and so

b. and neither

c. but

4. Josh saw Mark last night, but I .

a. did

b. didn’t

c. don’t

5. Lemons have a high acid content, and tomatoes do .

a. either

b. neither

c. too

6. California is a very large state,Vermont isn’t.

a. and neither

b. and so

c. but

7. Donna basketball, but I don’t.

a. plays

b. played

c. has played


13 Additions with Conjunctions




8. Luisa has never failed an exam, and Celia hasn’t neither.

9. Angola was a Portuguese colony, and was Mozambique too.

10. The United States didn’t compete in the 1980 Olympics, but the United Kingdom and

Canada do.

11. Penguins can’t fly, and neither can’t ostriches.

12. Arizona doesn’t get much rain, and neither Nevada does.

13. I’m not in Satomi’s class, and Carl isn’t too.

14. I swim every day, and so does Sasha and Pedro.

15. A: I couldn’t go to the party last night.

B:

a. I couldn’t either.

b. Me too.

16. A: Susan has a car, but Megan doesn’t.

B:

a. I’ll ride with Megan.

b. Maybe Susan can take us.

17. A: Paul wants to go to the Tom Cruise movie, butKoji doesn’t.

B:

a. What movie does Koji want to see?

b. Why doesn’t Paul like Tom Cruise?

18. A: Kim is majoring in chemistry.

B:

a. So is Derek.

b. Neither is Derek.

19. A: Holly doesn’t know how to play tennis.

B: I want to take lessons.

a. So do I.

b. Neither do I.

20. A: Tony doesn’t like chocolate.

B: I never eat it.

a. I don’t either.

b. Me too.




Additions with conjunctions are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is atypical example:

The novels of William Faulkner were about life in the southern United States, and so .

A. those of Eudora Welty did too

B. were those of Eudora Welty

C. those of Eudora Welty were

D. did those of Eudora Welty

Total 20


13 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. b

4. b

5. c

6. c

7. a

PART II

8. Luisa has never failed an exam, and Celia hasn’t neither.

9. Angola was a Portuguese colony, and was Mozambique too.

10. The United States didn’t compete in the 1980 Olympics, but the United Kingdom

and Canada do.

11. Penguins can’t fly, and neither can’t ostriches.

12. Arizona doesn’t get much rain, and neither Nevada does.

13. I’m not in Satomi’s class, and Carl isn’t too.

14. I swim every day, and so does Sasha and Pedro.

PART III

15. a

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. a

did

either

either

can

do

1. There are active volcanoes in the world today.

a. any

b. several

c. a little

2. Young-soo dropped banana on thekitchen floor.

a. a

b. a bunch of

c. �

3. There aren’t researchers working onquantum mechanics at this university.

a. no

b. much

c. any

4. Emily never puts cream in her tea or coffee.

a. �b. a

c. two

5. How many are in the fridge?

a. egg

b. eggs

c. milk

6. There is opportunity to rewrite your term paper.

a. any

b. few

c. no


14 Nouns and Quantity Expressions




7. How many element are in the periodic table?

8. There are a lot a leaves on the ground in autumn.

9. Little archeologists uncover major discoveries during their careers.

10. There isn’t no fat in that candy, but there is a lot of sugar.

11. Arizona doesn’t get many rain, so many plants can’t grow there.

12. A flock of birds flew by our apartment building yesterday.

13. It takes great deal of effort to prepare for a space flight.

14. A: Do we have any milk?

B:

a. There’s a pound in the fridge.

b. There’s a quart in the fridge.

15. A: Victor lost too much weight last month.

B:

a. I know. I’m concerned.

b. Yes, he looks great.

16. A:

B: That’s OK. We’ll discuss it later.

a. I have a little time now to talk about the new project.

b. I have little time now to talk about the new project.

17. A: Would you like more water with your meal?

B:

a. A little, please.

b. A few.

18. A: There are only a few errors in Silvio’s essay.

B:

a. Yes, he should do the assignment again.

b. Yes, it’s generally a good paper overall.

19. A:

B: I know. It’s difficult to find one.

a. There are few jobs available these days.

b. There are quite a few jobs available these days.

20. A: I’m diabetic, so I can’t eat any sugar.

B: Don’t worry.

a. There’s no sugar in this ice cream.

b. There isn’t much sugar in this ice cream.




Nouns and quantity expressions are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Hereis a typical example:

With scholarship money available, many middle-class families cannot afford to pay for a

college education.

A. many

B. a few

C. little

D. a lot

Total 20


14 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. c

4. a

5. b

6. c

PART II

7. How many element are in the periodic table?

8. There are a lot a leaves on the ground in autumn.

9. Little archeologists uncover major discoveries during their careers.

10. There isn’t no fat in that candy, but there is a lot of sugar.

11. Arizona doesn’t get many rain, so many plants can’t grow there.

12. A flock of bird flew by our apartment building yesterday.

13. It takes great deal of effort to prepare for a space flight.

PART III

14. b

15. a

16. b

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. a

elements

ofFew

any

muchbirds

a

1. Myths and legends were important to Ancient Greeks’ lives.

a. the

b. an

c. a

2. Please put the flowers on table next to the fireplace.

a. a

b. the

c. �

3. Carbon dioxide is a gas.

a. The

b. A

c. �

4. Great Pyramids of Egypt are thousands of years old.

a. �b. The

c. A

5. All dogs and cats are mammals.

a. �b. the

c. some

6. bee stung me yesterday.

a. �b. An

c. A

7. party at Bob’s place last Friday was fantastic.

a. �b. The

c. A


15 Indefinite and Definite Articles




8. Archeologists have discovered new tomb in the Valley of the Kings.

9. Some vegetarians eat the fish; others do not.

10. Dolphins are a very intelligent marine mammals.

11. The Monarch butterfly is beautiful butterfly found in North America.

12. We stayed at the party for a hour.

13. How did you do on an English exam we had last Monday?

14. African violets don’t need a bright sunlight in order to thrive.

15. A: Would you like an apple?

B:

a. I like all kinds.

b. Sure.

16. A: What kind of car do you own?

B:

a. German cars are my favorite.

b. I have a red Ferrari.

17. A: Tell me your decision! Did you accept the offerfor the house?

B:

a. Yes, we took it.

b. Yes, one was very good.

18. A: What is the movie Mission Impossible about?I’ve never seen it.

B:

a. It’s about a spy and his adventures.

b. It’s about the spy and his adventures.

19. A: I’m going to the store.

B: Sure.

a. Can I borrow a car?

b. Can I borrow the car?

20. A: This is a lovely wedding.

B: Yes, it is.

a. Flowers are beautiful.

b. The flowers are beautiful.






of the tube.along lengthD

areC

thatB


Total 20


15 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. c

4. b

5. a

6. c

7. b

PART II

8. Archeologists have discovered new tomb in the Valley of the Kings.

9. Some vegetarians eat the fish; others do not.

10. Dolphins are a very intelligent marine mammals.

11. The Monarch butterfly is beautiful butterfly found in North America.

12. We stayed at the party for a hour.

13. How did you do on an English exam we had last Monday?

14. African violets don’t need a bright sunlight in order to thrive.

PART III

15. b

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. b

a

a

anthe

1. Tom Hanks has made many movies.

a. success

b. successful

c. successfully

2. I love your Italian jacket!

a. leather

b. brown

c. new

3. There’s glass all over the floor, so please be careful.

a. broken

b. broke

c. break

4. Robin always wears very clothes.

a. fashion

b. fashioned

c. fashionable

5. Don’t read that book; it’s very .

a. bore

b. bored

c. boring

6. Please don’t put that sweater in the laundry.It’s not .

a. washable

b. washing

c. washed


16 Adjectives




7. Have you seen Sun-hee’s apartment beautiful?

8. The alone baby is in her room.

9. The students in my class are intelligent, enthusiastic, ready to learn.

10. Mr. Martinez was not pleasing with our behavior.

11. Matt wears only ties silk and designer suits.

12. We didn’t see interesting anything at the museum.

13. My brother is a successable young man.

14. Celia got a red new sofa last Monday.

15. A: That dog is frightened.

B:

a. Maybe it’s lost.

b. I’m afraid of it, too.

16. A: Sara is a depressing person.

B:

a. I know. She makes me sad, too.

b. I hope she feels better soon.

17. A: The traffic is terrible! There are no parking spots.

B: Yes.

a. It’s very frustrating.

b. It’s very frustrated.

18. A: Ms. Collings can be very boring in class.

B: I know.

a. It’s hard to stay awake sometimes.

b. She’s going to fall asleep some day!

19. A:

B: Yes, but she’s not interested in you.

a. Reiko is not a very exciting person.

b. I really like Reiko.

20. A: I drive a French car.

B:

a. France has a lot of speeding cars.

b. Oh really? My car is Japanese.




Adjectives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

In hot weather, it is perishable food items out of the refrigerator long

of time.

periodsD

forC

to leaveB

dangerA

Total 20


16 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. a

4. c

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. Have you seen Sun-hee’s apartment beautiful ?

8. The alone baby is in her room.

9. The students in my class are intelligent, enthusiastic, ready to learn.

10. Mr. Martinez was not pleasing with our behavior.

11. Matt wears only ties silk and designer suits.

12. We didn’t see interesting anything at the museum.

13. My brother is a successable young man.

14. Celia got a red new sofa last Monday.

PART III

15. a

16. a

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. b

andpleased

successful

1. It’s expensive to attend the conference ifyou share a hotel room.

a. not enough

b. not too

c. no

2. Larry is impatient to be a good manager.

a. so

b. enough

c. too

3. I have never had difficult exam!

a. such a

b. such

c. so

4. Yuki should win because she’s a runner.

a. quickly

b. fast

c. well

5. Have you seen any good movies ?

a. too late

b. late

c. lately

6. The questionnaire was long that I couldn’tfinish it.

a. so

b. such

c. too


17 Adverbs




7. He need to work hardly if he wants to get a raise.

8. It heavily rained for several hours yesterday.

9. The mail usually arrives at noon, but it came lately today.

10. Mr. Chang is not enough patient with his students.

11. We’re going to definitely the concert on Saturday night.

12. Astronomers have discovered recently two new moons of the planet Uranus.

13. This lemonade tastes terribly!

14. A: Koji failed physics.

B: I’m not surprised.

a. He studied hard.

b. He hardly studied.

15 A:

B: That’s fine. We’ll leave them closed.

a. It’s too cold to open the windows.

b. It’s cool enough to open the windows.

16. A: I can’t stand long plane trips.

B: I know.

a. The seats just aren’t big enough.

b. The seats are too big.

17. A: Where’s Rosa? I haven’t seen her lately.

B:

a. She’s always late.

b. She’s visiting her family in Mexico.

18. A:

B: I know. She has already won four titles thisyear.

a. Soo-jin is a fairly good player.

b. Soo-jin is such a good player.

19. A: Gloria cuts hair pretty well.

B:

a. Yes, she does a good job with mine.

b. I don’t think her hair is very pretty.

20. A: It’s too late to apply for admission for thissemester.

B:

a. I’ll try for next semester.

b. I’ll send in my application today.




Adverbs are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

its malleability and conductivity, copper in boilers, pipes and

equipment.electricalD

extensiveC

is usedB

Because ofA

Total 20


17 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. a

4. b

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. He needs to work hardly if he wants to get a raise.

8. It heavily rained for several hours yesterday.

9. The mail usually arrives at noon, but it came lately today.

10. Mr. Chang is not enough patient with his students.

11. We’re going to definitely the concert on Saturday night.

12. Astronomers have discovered recently two new moons of the planet Uranus.

13. This lemonade tastes terribly!

PART III

14. b

15. a

16. a

17. b

18. b

19. a

20. a

terrible

hard

late

1. Tomek and Stefan worked hard, but Dan workedharder .

a. than they are

b. as them

c. than they did

2. Pablo Picasso is more than Henri Matisse.

a. paintings

b. famous

c. better

3. This cup of coffee doesn’t have as sugar as that one.

a. many

b. much

c. more

4. Amy dances than I do.

a. well

b. good

c. better

5. There are more in Boston than in Portland.

a. tall buildings

b. tall building

c. taller building

6. Tokyo has Kyoto.

a. more inhabitants than

b. more inhabitants

c. inhabitants than


18 Comparatives




7. My English class has as much students as my calculus class.

8. Chinese is a more harder language than French.

9. Rita has owned more computer than Sara.

10. Soo-jin sings more beautifully Min-hee.

11. A Mercedes is expensiver than a Volkswagen.

12. California no is as big as Texas.

13. Holly’s injuries were worser than Pete’s.

14. A:

B: I know. They wear the same size suit.

a. Hiro is as big as Mark.

b. Hiro isn’t as big as Mark.

15. A:

B: I guess the new car wasn’t a good investment.

a. My new car is more efficient than my old one.

b. My new car is less efficient than my old one.

16. A: Mr. Chang left the hotel before Mr. Lin did.

B:

a. I hope Mr. Lin gets to the airport on time.

b. I hope Mr. Chang isn’t late for his flight.

17. A: Lauren’s times for the 500 meters are gettingfaster and faster.

B:

a. I think she’s going to make the team this year.

b. She doesn’t try very hard.

18. A: Should I buy the brown boots or the blackones? The brown boots are less expensive thanthe black ones.

B:

a. The black ones are nicer and they’re cheaper.

b. Get the brown ones. They’re a betterpurchase.

19. A:

B: Yes, Johannesburg is definitely more crowded.

a. Johannesburg has more people thanCapetown.

b. Capetown has as many people asJohannesburg.

20. A: My daughter is nearly as tall as your son.

B:

a. Yes, he’s only a little shorter than she is.

b. They might be the same height next year.




Comparatives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

On the electromagnetic spectrum, microwaves infrared waves but

radio short waves.

as long asD

notC

longer asB

areA

Total 20


18 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. b

3. b

4. c

5. a

6. a

PART II

7. My English class has as much students as my calculus class.

8. Chinese is a more harder language than French.

9. Rita has owned more computer than Sara.

10. Soo-jin sings more beautifully Min-hee.

11. A Mercedes is expensiver than a Volkswagen.

12. California no is as big as Texas.

13. Holly’s injuries were worser than Pete’s.

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. a

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. b

many

computers

thanmore expensive

isn’t

worse

1. Carbon is one of elements in the world.

a. more common

b. most common

c. the most common

2. I think Chinese is language for Englishspeakers to learn.

a. the difficult

b. the most difficult

c. the most difficulty

3. California has the most inhabitants in the UnitedStates. Wyoming and Alaska have .

a. the fewest

b. least

c. the least

4. Koji’s dog is on our street.

a. noisiest

b. the noisiest

c. more noisy

5. The Redwood is the tallest tree all trees in the world.

a. of

b. than

c. the

6. I have seen many dancers, but Celia dancesof all.

a. gracefully

b. more gracefully than

c. the most gracefully


19 Superlatives




7. Lee is the most best player on the team this year.

8. The Great Wall of China is the most longest wall in the world.

9. Mark studied the harderest for the exam, so he will probably get the best score.

10. Who do you think is the mostest famous actor in the film we saw last night?

11. Larry ate the least hot dogs at the hot dog eating contest.

12. The cheetah is the fast animal on land.

13. Water is most precious natural resource in the world.

14. A: Reiko is the best musician I know.

B:

a. Can you sing better than her?

b. She’s amazing, isn’t she?

15. A: I think Liberty Gardens is the most beautifulplace in the city.

B:

a. Oh, yes, by far. I totally agree.

b. Yes, there are many beautiful places.

16. A: This is the worst food I ever ate.

B:

a. What food was worse than this?

b. Yes, it’s terrible.

17. A: My best friend from college is in New York now.

B:

a. Where do your other college friends live?

b. Where does your other college friend live?

18. A: I want to buy your biggest two-door car.

B: Certainly.

a. This is a larger two-door model.

b. Our largest one is over there in the corner.

19. A:

B: That’s a tough question, but I think Bob is thebest.

a. Who are some of the best students in your class?

b. Who is the best student in your class?

20. A: Kim is one of the most creative artists at thecenter.

B:

a. Who are the others?

b. Are there any other creative people there?




Superlatives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

The Atacama Desert in northern Chile, 13,500 feet above sea level at its highest point, is the

highest desert .

A. of the world

B. than all

C. as any

D. in the world

Total 20


19 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. b

3. a

4. b

5. a

6. c

PART II

7. Lee is the most best player on the team this year.

8. The Great Wall of China is the most longest wall in the world.

9. Mark studied the harderest for the exam, so he will probably get the best score.

10. Who do you think is the mostest famous actor in the film we saw last night?

11. Larry ate the least hot dogs at the hot dog eating contest.

12. The cheetah is the fast animal on land.

13. Water is most precious natural resource in the world.

PART III

14. b

15. a

16. b

17. a

18. b

19. b

20. a

hardest

fewest

fastest

the

most

1. Steve is good diving.

a. at

b. of

c. to

2. Alex can’t accept wrong.

a. be

b. being

c. is

3. We every day last week.

a. go swimming

b. went swimming

c. swimming

4. As a child, Marta was afraid being alone in the dark.

a. to

b. for

c. of

5. Lynn trying new foods.

a. enjoys

b. enjoying

c. enjoy

6. sleeping enough is bad for your health.

a. No

b. Not

c. Don’t

7. We’re planning on early to avoid the traffic.

a. leave

b. left

c. leaving


20 Gerunds




8. Soo-jin always goes shop on weekends.

9. Ride a bicycle requires a lot of practice.

10. I don’t like no knowing the future.

11. Let’s take the bus instead to driving.

12. Do you minding closing the door for me?

13. Please stop cry because you’re making me upset.

14. I am enjoying not work these days.

15. A: I’m sorry, but would you mind turning off yourcell phone?

B:

a. Oh, sorry about that.

b. Sure. Do you want to make a call?

16. A: Taking photos is strictly forbidden during the performance.

B:

a. Let’s take a lot of photos.

b. We’d better put the camera away.

17. A: Instead of watching TV, why don’t we go to a movie?

B:

a. OK, TV is more interesting.

b. Yes, I’d rather go to a movie.

18. A: Do you mind taking notes for me?

B:

a. Not at all.

b. Go ahead.

19. A:

B: By calling the bus company or checking on the Internet.

a. How do you get the most recent busschedules?

b. Would you mind getting the new busschedules for me?

20. A: We’re having ten people for dinner on Friday.

B:

a. Would you mind hosting a large dinner?

b. Do you mind hosting a large dinner?




Gerunds are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

considered to be one of the best ways to exercise the whole body with very little

risk of injury.

A. By swimming laps

B. It is swimming laps

C. Swimming laps is

D. If swimming laps is

Total 20


20 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. b

4. c

5. a

6. b

7. c

PART II

8. Soo-jin always goes shop on weekends.

9. Ride a bicycle requires a lot of practice.

10. I don’t like no knowing the future.

11. Let’s take the bus instead to driving.

12. Do you minding closing the door for me?

13. Please stop cry because you’re making me upset.

14. I am enjoying not work these days.

PART III

15. a

16. b

17. b

18. a

19. a

20. b

shopping

Riding

not

of

crying

working

mind

1. Young-soo reminded me to speak forgetmy homework.

a. no

b. not

c. don’t

2. It takes a long time a foreign languagewell.

a. speaking

b. to speak

c. speak

3. Amy stood on the chair in order to .

a. see

b. sees

c. seeing

4. We all wanted Juan .

a. would win

b. wins

c. to win

5. It cost several hundred dollars Toshio’s car.

a. to repair

b. repaired

c. repairing

6. Matt decided not early.

a. leaving

b. leaves

c. to leave


21 Infinitives




7. Irina prefers to goes on vacation in the winter.

8. In order see the craters of the moon, you must use a telescope.

9. The flowers are starting blooming, and they look beautiful!

10. Emily enjoyed to grow up on a farm.

11. I’ve stopped to e-mail my friends because it is too impersonal.

12. Paulo asked us not opening this door.

13. Luiz is looking forward to graduate next semester.

14. A: Why is Jack late?

B:

a. He stopped to buy some chocolates.

b. He stopped buying chocolate.

15. A:

B: Yes. She was angry the last time you forgot.

a. I’ll never forget visiting my grandmother.

b. I’ll never forget to visit my grandmother.

16. A:

B: In order to get good seats.

a. Why did you go to the show early?

b. How did you get to the show?

17. A: It’s hard to learn a foreign language.

B: I agree.

a. Learning a foreign language is easy.

b. Learning something new is never easy.

18. A: Did you remember to meet Carl yesterday?

B:

a. Oh no! I completely forgot!

b. Hmm. No. Who is he?

19. A:

B: He was beginning to feel sick after dinner.

a. Did Derek expect to have a big dinner?

b. Why did Derek leave the party?

20. A:

B: I know! It was exciting!

a. I forgot to go to Greg’s party!

b. I’ll never forget going to Greg’s party!


PART III. Choose the sentence or phrase that best completes the exchange.


Infinitives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:


A. for keeping

B. to keep

C. keeping

D. keep

Total 20


21 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. b

3. a

4. c

5. a

6. c

PART II

7. Irina prefers to goes on vacation in the winter.

8. In order see the craters of the moon, you must use a telescope.

9. The flowers are starting blooming and they look beautiful!

10. Emily enjoyed to grow up on a farm.

11. I’ve stopped to e-mail my friends because it is too impersonal.

12. Paulo asked us not opening this door.

13. Luiz is looking forward to graduate next semester.

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. a

19. b

20. b

toto bloom

e-mailing

to open

graduating

growing

go

1. Marta turned off .

a. it

b. the alarm

c. yesterday

2. I’m not sure of this word, so I’ll look it inthe dictionary.

a. up

b. out

c. after

3. Sasha’s car down yesterday on the way to work.

a. put

b. held

c. broke

4. The plane took at noon.

a. it off

b. off

c. off it

5. Josh and Teresa had an argument yesterday, butthey today.

a. made it up

b. made up

c. made

6. All guests must check by 11 A.M., or theywill be charged an additional fee.

a. out

b. up

c. in


22 Phrasal Verbs




7. We came over some valuable books while we were cleaning out the attic.

8. I don’t like to leave my kids, but my mother looks them after while I’m gone.

9. Eva turned off the lights, but Diego turned on them.

10. Oh no! We’ve out run of butter!

11. My gas tank is almost empty, so I’d better fill up it.

12. Matt couldn’t put the puzzle out because it was too difficult for him.

13. I have figured up a solution to our problem.

14. A: I can’t decide what to wear tonight!

B: You have a closet full of clothes.

a. Let me pick you up something.

b. I’ll pick out something for you.

15. A:

B: They’re taking it off after lunch.

a. When does their plane leave Chicago?

b. When are the doctors going to remove thecast on Josh’s leg?

16. A: I’d really like to work out now.

B:

a. I’ll go to the gym with you.

b. Don’t worry. Everything will be fine.

17. A: Did you and Tomek really win the lottery, or areyou making it up?

B:

a. I’m still angry.

b. It’s true.

18. A: What should I do with this application?

B:

a. You can fill it up and give it to me.

b. You can fill it out and put it in the box.

19. A: Why did you turn down the offer?

B:

a. They weren’t paying enough.

b. It was too loud.

20. A: I think there’s something wrong with my car’sengine.

B: Hmm.

a. Let’s check in.

b. Let’s check it out.


PART III. Choose the correct answer to complete each conversation.


Phrasal verbs are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

A person a driving test is to at a later date.take over itD

permittedC

failsB

whoA

Total 20


22 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. c

4. b

5. b

6. a

PART II

7. We came over some valuable books while we were cleaning out the attic.

8. I don’t like to leave my kids, but my mother looks them after while I’m gone.

9. Eva turned off the lights, but Diego turned on them.

10. Oh no! We’ve out run of butter!

11. My gas tank is almost empty, so I’d better fill up it .

12. Matt couldn’t put the puzzle out because it was too difficult for him.

13. I have figured up a solution to our problem.

PART III

14. b

15. b

16. a

17. b

18. b

19. a

20. b

across

together

out

1. Rick works of all the employees.

a. efficiently

b. more efficiently than

c. the most efficiently

d. efficiently than

2. Ms. Marla Spokes wore a beautiful, French dress.

a. expensive

b. silk

c. blue

d. elegant

3. If you don’t know the meaning of that word, lookit in the dictionary.

a. up

b. out

c. after

d. in

4. Many people think that Venice is city inthe world.

a. the beautiful

b. more beautiful

c. very beautiful

d. the most beautiful

5. There are mountain lakes in the Alpineregions of Italy.

a. a little

b. much

c. several

d. any

6. The spectators wanted the new player the award.

a. win

b. wins

c. would win

d. to win

7. I speak Spanish, my brother doesn’t.

a. and neither

b. but

c. and so

d. either

8. Tera and her sister run fast, but Angela runs faster .

a. than they do

b. as them

c. than they are

d. than she does.

9. The tea was hot that I couldn’t drink it.

a. very

b. too

c. such

d. so

10. My father and my uncle are professors atthe Cambridge University.

a. the

b. a

c. some

d. �

11. drinking enough water can be dangerousto your health.

a. No

b. Not

c. Don’t

d. They don’t

12. My wife and I sometimes have arguments, but wealways .

a. make up it

b. make it up

c. make

d. make up





13. Sandra look for a new job, shouldn’t she?

a. should

b. must

c. will

d. does

14. Astromoners have discovered new mooncircling Jupiter.

a. �b. the

c. a

d. any

PART I. Continued


15. many months unemployment, Fred is to his new job.

16. learn on fact-finding mission.

17. The Pelé stopped in his .

18. California redwood does not as tall its cousin the sequoia.

19. step pyramid of Saqqâra much the Great Pyramid of Giza.

20. producers diamonds the world Australia and South Africa.

21. Judy an from Costa Rica, and Lisa and Pablo.

22. Mr. Hawkins and mistakes.

23. My mother looked I started full-time .

24. My grandfather traveled Oregon, and my grandmother hasn’t .

25. a child, German composer conductor Mendelssohn enjoyed poetry.

26. How many in ?solar systemD

ourC

areB

planetA

writeD

andC

theB

AsA

neitherD

outsideC

neverB

hasA

at the factoryD

workingC

whenB

my children afterA

too manyD

makesC

enough carefullyB

doesn’t workA

isD

soC

exchange studentB

isA

areD

inC

ofB

LargestA

thanD

more olderC

isB

TheA

giantD

thanC

growB

TheA

fortiesD

professionallyC

to playB

soccer playerA

theirD

new anythingC

didn’tB

The researchersA

startD

looking forwardC

ofB

AfterA


27. A: Isn’t this a great museum?

B:

a. Yes, the paintings are very beautiful.

b. Yes, paintings are very beautiful.

c. I don’t like them very much.

28. A: Andrew is not as tall as his roommate Martin.

B: Yes,

a. Martin is very tall.

b. Andrew is taller.

c. Martin is a little shorter than Andrew.

29. A: Kim is applying for a new position.

B:

a. Neither is Keisha.

b. So is Keisha.

c. Keisha is.

30. A: Why don’t you spend Thanksgiving with me and my family?

B:

a. Would you mind inviting me?

b. I hope you don’t mind having an extra guest.

c. Yes, please come over.

31. A: You’re working too slowly.

B:

a. Thank you!

b. Don’t worry. I’ll finish on time.

c. I’m happy to hear it.

32. A: Where is Derek?

B:

a. He stopped buying stamps.

b. He’d better get stamps.

c. He stopped to buy some stamps.

33. A: Why don’t we order a take-out meal instead of eating out?

B: Fine.

a. I love eating out.

b. Let’s go to that new Italian restaurant.

c. I’d rather stay at home tonight.

34. A: I think that Paris is the most beautiful city in the world.

B: I agree.

a. There is no other city like it.

b. There are many other beautiful cities in Europe.

c. It’s not as beautiful as Rome.

35. A: There are few job ads in the paper.

B: Yes,

a. it’s a good time to look for a job.

b. there are many opportunities.

c. it’s a bad time to look for a job.

36. A: I think that Bill is too thin.

B:

a. Yes, he looks great.

b. I agree. I’m worried about him.

c. Yes, he eats too much.

37. A: I lost the key to my dorm room.

B:

a. You left it in my dorm room, didn’t you?

b. You didn’t call campus security, did you?

c. It’s not my dorm room, is it?

38. A: Janet is a vegetarian. She doesn’t eat meat.

B:

a. Ron doesn’t either.

b. Neither is Ron.

c. So does Ron.

39. A: Our computer system is terribly slow.

B: Yes, .

a. it’s very frustrated

b. you’re very frustrating

c. it’s very frustrating

40. A: You remembered to bring your student ID with you, didn’t you?

B:

a. Oh, no! I left it at home.

b. No, you didn’t.

c. It’s not mine.


PART III. Continued

Score 40

4 Grammar Sense 2 Progress Test B: Answer Key © Oxford University Press

B Answer Key


1. c

2. b

3. a

4. d

5. c

6. d

7. b

8. a

9. d

10. d

11. b

12. d

13. a

14. c

15. D

16. C

17. B

18. C

19. C

20. A

21. D

22. B

23. A

24. D

25. D

26. A

27. a

28. a

29. b

30. b

31. b

32. c

33. c

34. a

35. c

36. b

37. a

38. a

39. c

40. a

Part I

Part II

Part III



1 The Present


7. In many cities, air pollution levels are being very dangerous right now.

8. What your father does do at his corporate job?

9. The company is having a new computer system, but it is still having trouble with e-mail.

10. Most restaurants near the university don’t accepts personal checks from students.

11. Scientists know that water is freezing at 0º C.

12. Does doctors discuss sleep and nutrition during routine examinations of their patients?

1. According to recent advertisements, the newprogram a dictionary and a spell checker.

a. include

b. is including

c. includes

d. including

2. Environmentalists are very concerned right nowbecause average temperatures all over theworld.

a. rise

b. rising

c. rises

d. are rising

3. Why come on time during the morningrush hour?

a. don’t commuter trains

b. commuter trains

c. are commuter trainsd. commuter trains don’t

4. Exhaustion a large number of accidents inthe workplace.

a. causing

b. causes

c. cause

d. not cause

5. What when the computer starts to make abeeping noise?

a. means it

b. does mean

c. it means

d. does it mean

6. Male employees wearing jackets and tiestoday because the air conditioning is broken.

a. not

b. aren’t

c. do

d. don’t


Total 20


13. A: What does he do?

B:

a. He teaches computer programming.

b. He’s making dinner.

14. A: The doorbell is ringing. Please answer it.

B: I can’t.

a. I talk on the phone.

b. I’m washing the dishes.

15. A: She’s writing a magazine article.

B:

a. Is she finished?

b. What is it about?

16. A: Lee always wears a suit and tie.

B:

a. How many suits does he have?

b. What is he wearing?

17. A: Look outside.

B: I know. Let’s stay inside today.

a. It’s raining again.

b. It snows hard.

18. A: What are you doing?

B:

a. I taste cinnamon in this recipe.

b. I’m tasting the soup.

19. A:

B: My courses. I have so much work right now.

a. What are you thinking about?

b. What do you think?

20. A: Are you working at the bank this semester?

B:

a. No, I’m buying groceries right now.

b. Yes, it’s a great job for me.



The present is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:



A. do not believe


C. not believe

D. believing


1 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. d

3. a

4. b

5. d

6. b

PART II

7. In many cities, air pollution levels are being very dangerous right now.

8. What your father does do at his corporate job?

9. The company is having a new computer system, but it is still having trouble with e-mail.

10. Most restaurants near the university don’t accepts personal checks from students.

11. Scientists know that water is freezing at 0º C.

12. Does doctors discuss sleep and nutrition during routine examinations of their patients?

PART III

13. a

14. b

15. b

16. a

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. b

has

freezes

Do

accept



2 The Past


7. Did people use to traveled by boat before air travel became popular?

8. The campaign staff was preparing for the victory celebration when they were hearing the

heartbreaking news.

9. When she was a student, she read the newspaper after she fell asleep each night.

10. When experts considered the danger of icebergs in the Atlantic Ocean.

11. As a soldier, he would hearing from his family only once or twice a month.

12. I asked everyone to help me after I was losing my wallet this morning.

13. We were late yesterday because the car didn’t use to start.

14. A hundred years ago, no one was knowing about the weather conditions on the planet Mars.

1. were losing their jobs, computerprogrammers were still working overtime.

a. Did many people

b. Many people

c. Before, many people

d. While many people

2. doing when the power failed thismorning?

a. What were you

b. What you

c. Were you

d. What did you

3. Passengers used to wait on long lines before theairlines electronic check-in machines.

a. introduce

b. used to introduce

c. introduced

d. introducing

4. set up a dark room in his house, he nolonger sent his film to a laboratory for processing.

a. When he was

b. After he

c. Does he

d. Then he

5. She used to be tired after a few laps around thetrack, but now she .

a. doesn’t

b. didn’t

c. isn’t

d. used to

6. The family stock in high-tech companieswhen the stock market crashed.

a. was owning

b. owning

c. owned

d. owns


Total 20


15. A: What were you doing when I called last night?

B:

a. Sleep.

b. Reading.

c. I’m eating.

16. A: Did you use to visit England every summer?

B: Yes,

a. in 1990.

b. when I was a child.

c. it certainly was.

17. A: Jane was working at the company while Ben wasworking there.

B: Yes,

a. they certainly did.

b. he started after she quit.

c. but they didn’t know each other.

18. A: What happened when the bell rang?

B:

a. Not much.

b. Leave now.

c. We did.

19. A: I was walking to work when I sprained myankle.

B:

a. Did someone help you?

b. It’s good you were at work.

c. Where were you going?

20. A: Before I left, I called my aunt.

B:

a. Was she glad to hear from you?

b. Why did you leave first?

c. Really, at the same time?



The past is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:


suggested Galileo Galilei. byD

based onC

was inventingB

a Dutch physicistA


2 Answer Key


PART I

1. d

2. a

3. c

4. b

5. c

6. c

PART II

7. Did people use to traveled by boat before air travel became popular?

8. The campaign staff was preparing for the victory celebration when they were hearing the

heartbreaking news.

9. When she was a student, she read the newspaper after she fell asleep each night.

10. When experts considered the danger of icebergs in the Atlantic Ocean.

11. As a soldier, he would hearing from his family only once or twice a month.

12. I asked everyone to help me after I was losing my wallet this morning.

13. We were late yesterday because the car didn’t use to start.

14. A hundred years ago, no one was knowing about the weather conditions on the planet

Mars.

PART III

15. b

16. b

17. c

18. a

19. a

20. a

heard

before

Experts

lost

knew

travel

hear



3 Future Forms


7. Do you think it is going rain tomorrow?

8. When the government is going to pass a new transportation law, travelers are going

to be safer.

9. After I fall asleep, I’ll phone you.

10. I will take the big physics exam tomorrow.

11. Maybe I go shopping for some groceries today.

12. Local fans think their team will definitely wins the tournament next week.

1. The environmental policy committee nextweek to discuss further plans for limiting gasolineconsumption.

a. meeting

b. to meet

c. be meeting

d. is meeting

2. In the presence of light, a plant developchlorophyll, turn green, and undergophotosynthesis.

a. will be

b. will

c. is

d. be

3. The stars visible tonight because it iscloudy.

a. will not

b. not being

c. don’t be

d. won’t be

4. In what city going to be?

a. the next Olympic games will

b. are the next Olympic games

c. will the next Olympic games

d. the next Olympic games are

5. No employees will vacation during thebusy pre-holiday shopping season this year.

a. taking

b. takes

c. be taking

d. to take

6. Most consumers still believe that online shoppingreplace shopping malls.

a. is never

b. won’t ever be

c. will never

d. not ever going to


Total 20


13. A: I promise

B: Thank you so much.

a. I’ll help you later.

b. I come over often.

c. I do it now.

14. A: Tony, please help your brother.

B: He’s being mean.

a. No, I don’t.

b. No, I will.

c. No, I won’t.

15. A: She’ll be studying when I get home.

B:

a. No she isn’t.

b. Don’t interrupt her.

c. Did she finish studying?

16. A: I have some exciting news. I’m going to quit my job.

B:

a. Why did you quit your job?

b. When did you make this promise?

c. How did you reach your decision?

17. A: Kalysa, the sink is overflowing.

B: Oh,

a. I’ll be turning off the faucet.

b. I turned off the faucet.

c. I’ll turn off the faucet.

18. A: Don’t pay the bill until I make a deposit thisafternoon.

B:

a. Fine, I’ll pay it tomorrow.

b. Why did you make a deposit?

c. I’m glad you paid the bill.

19. A: What time will you arrive tomorrow?

B:

a. I’m not sure, probably late tonight.

b. The train arrives in Boston at 9:55 A.M.

c. I will be arriving on Flight 472.

20. A: Before I go home, I’ll go to the store.

B:

a. Will you be going to the store?

b. Are you going home first?

c. Will you buy some milk please?



Future forms are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

Scientists think that global temperatures even more in the

unless the burning of fossil fuels significantly.can be reducedD

near futureC

dramaticallyB

are risingA


3 Answer Key


PART I

1. d

2. b

3. d

4. b

5. c

6. c

PART II

7. Do you think it is going rain tomorrow?

8. When the government is going to pass a new transportation law, travelers are going to be

safer.

9. After I fall asleep, I’ll phone you.

10. I will take the big physics exam tomorrow.

11. Maybe I go shopping for some groceries today.

12. Local fans think their team will definitely wins the tournament next week.

PART III

13. a

14. c

15. b

16. c

17. c

18. a

19. b

20. c

to

passes

Befoream going to

I’ll

win



4 The Present Perfect


7. Albert Einstein has discovered the theory of relativity.

8. You have ever driven a truck?

9. I was sick since I was a child.

10. How long they have been married?

11. We’ve seen that movie two weeks ago.

12. The defense lawyers have ask for a trial in a different city.

13. Why hasn’t anyone helping you yet?

14. We’ve experienced unusual weather patterns since ten years.

1. Scientists have specimens from the rainforest in order to study their medicinal properties.

a. take

b. took

c. taking

d. taken

2. There hasn’t been a winter like this past one since.

a. several years

b. a long time

c. I was young

d. a decade

3. Shortly after World War II, an engineer with achocolate bar in his pocket accidentally microwave cooking.

a. has discovered

b. discovered

c. discover

d. yet discovered

4. Genetic engineers have transferred humangenes into certain bacterial cells to producetreatments for various diseases.

a. ever

b. yet

c. already

d. lately

5. The cover story is about an athlete who has beatenthe all-time record .

a. a few weeks ago

b. never

c. yesterday

d. several times

6. Why any good news lately?

a. hasn’t there been

b. there hasn’t been

c. hasn’t been there

d. there has been no


Total 20


15. A: I’ve just spoken to Maria.

B:

a. How many years ago was that?

b. What did she say to you?

c. Did you speak to Maria?

16. A: How long have you known about the problem?

B:

a. Two days ago.

b. Yesterday.

c. All week.

17. A: I’ve worked in the school for ten years.

B:

a. Why did you quit?

b. Are your colleagues friendly?

c. That was a long time ago.

18. A: I haven’t eaten breakfast yet this morning.

B:

a. Well, there’s still time.

b. It’s 1:45 P.M. Let’s have lunch.

c. It was delicious, wasn’t it?

19. A: Hi, Gina.

B: Early this morning.

a. How long have you been back?

b. You’ve been away quite a while.

c. When did you return?

20. A: Have you ever won anything?

B:

a. Yes, once.

b. I haven’t done it.

c. I was playing the lottery.



The present perfect is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

Since 1896, when the first modern Olympic games were held in Athens, Greece, thousands of

athletes from around the world in Olympic events.

A. competed

B. compete

C. have competed

D. are competing


4 Answer Key


PART I

1. d

2. c

3. b

4. c

5. d

6. a

PART II

7. Albert Einstein has discovered the theory of relativity.

8. You have ever driven a truck?

9. I was since I was a child.

10. How long they have been married?

11. We’ve seen that movie two weeks ago.

12. The defense lawyers have ask for a trial in a different city.

13. Why hasn’t anyone helping you yet?

14. We’ve experienced unusual weather patterns since ten years.

PART III

15. b

16. c

17. b

18. a

19. c

20. a

Have you

have been sick

We saw

helped

for

asked



5 The Present Perfect Continuous


7. Why haven’t been the customers complaining to Internet providers about unsolicited

advertising?

8. I been living in this house since 1994 and I still love it.

9. I’ve been rewriting this essay five times.

10. Have you been having your car for a long time?

11. He’s been having such a good time since he’s been arriving this morning.

12. What you have been doing since I called you after breakfast?

13. The economy has been improve the past several months.

1. Human beings the Earth for a hundredthousand years.

a. inhabited

b. been inhabiting

c. have been inhabiting

d. not been inhabiting

2. No one has been getting much e-mail dueto problems with the server.

a. never

b. just

c. yesterday

d. lately

3. I’ve been reading Harry Potter all week and I stillhaven’t it.

a. been finishing

b. been finished

c. finished

d. finishing

4. Where sending her patients forrehabilitation since the nearby facility closed?

a. has the doctor been

b. the doctor been

c. the doctor has been

d. has been the doctor

5. How long have you been ?

a. knowing the answer

b. owning your car

c. having this computer

d. feeling so sick

6. What to glaciers as a result of globalwarming?

a. has it been happening

b. it has been happening

c. been happening

d. has been happening


Total 20


14. A: I’ve just been painting my apartment.

B:

a. Have the walls dried yet?

b. That was a long time ago.

c. Have you begun to paint?

15. A: Your boss has been calling today.

B:

a. I’m surprised he called only once.

b. How many times did he call?

c. I’m glad he hasn’t called.

16. A: I’ve been reading a wonderful Japanese novel.

B:

a. When did you finish it?

b. Will you start it soon?

c. Are you almost finished with it?

17. A: What have you been doing?

B:

a. I’ve been sleepy.

b. Taking a nap.

c. Get some rest.

18. A: My friend in Thailand has been e-mailing me.

B:

a. When did she stop e-mailing you?

b. How often do you hear from her?

c. Did you hear from her more than once?

19. A: My grandfather has been staying with us for afew days.

B:

a. When did he leave?

b. Did he have fun?

c. Is he enjoying himself?

20. A: I’ve been sleeping late this week.

B:

a. Are you on vacation?

b. Are you going to take a vacation?

c. Why haven’t you been sleeping?



The present perfect continuous is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here isa typical example:

that species of modern insects on Earth for

280 million years.

approximatelyD

have been livedC

certainB

It is thoughtA


5 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. d

3. c

4. a

5. d

6. d

PART II

7. Why haven’t been the customers complaining to Internet providers about

unsolicited advertising?

8. I been living in this house since 1994 and I still love it.

9. I’ve been rewriting this essay five times.

10. Have you been having your car for a long time?

11. He’s been having such a good time since he’s been arriving this morning.

12. What you have been doing since I called you after breakfast?

13. The economy has been improve the past several months.

PART III

14. a

15. b

16. c

17. b

18. b

19. c

20. a

he arrived

rewrittenhad

improving

have



6 The Past Perfect and the Past Perfect Continuous


7. Let’s go to a movie. Had you seen the new Italian film yet?

8. Why unemployment hadn’t risen before the end of last year?

9. When I had entered the building, the window had already been broken.

10. I’ve been waiting for an hour before the doctor arrived.

11. I had never owned a car until I graduate from college.

12. What had been you doing before you started this job?

13. He opened his umbrella although it had been raining.

14. I had been read when the fire alarm rang.

1. ever been to that restaurant before youmoved to the neighborhood?

a. Have you

b. You had

c. Had you

d. You have

2. Dinosaurs had been alive for millions of yearsmammals came into existence.

a. by the time

b. because

c. unless

d. since

3. No one had very much about the planetsoutside of our solar system before the HubbleSpace Telescope started sending back data.

a. knew

b. known

c. knowing

d. know

4. The band a successful trip until the busbroke down on the way home.

a. have had

b. had had

c. had been

d. having had

5. The room became quiet when the teacher entered.The students had been talking about her.

a. yet

b. when

c. before

d. just

6. Investigators concluded that the crew had notthe time to review the safety procedures.

a. taking

b. taken

c. took

d. take


Total 20


15. A: I had left by the time they served dessert.

B:

a. You missed a great dessert.

b. Why didn’t you leave before dessert?

c. Why did you eat so much dessert?

16. A: You look very tired. What’s wrong?

B:

a. I haven’t been feeling very well.

b. I hadn’t felt very well.

c. I hadn’t been feeling very well.

17. A: He didn’t bring an umbrella even though it hadbeen raining for hours.

B:

a. He was glad it had stopped.

b. But he did wear a raincoat.

c. He had borrowed my umbrella.

18. A: We had left the building by noon.

B: So that’s why

a. you were inside at noon.

b. you didn’t leave before noon.

c. you were gone at noon.

19. A: I had already moved away when Soo-jin movedinto my building.

B:

a. It’s too bad you weren’t neighbors.

b. Did you enjoy being neighbors?

c. Do you both live on the same floor?

20. A:

B: I had never planned such a big party before.

a. Why are you so worried?

b. Why were you so worried?

c. Why will you be so worried?



The past perfect and the past perfect continuous are often tested in the Structure section of theTOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

ever traveled in space until Yuri Gagarin, a Soviet cosmonaut, traveled around the Earth

on April 12, 1961, in Vostok I.

A. No person did

B. Never before has

C. Nobody was

D. No one had


6 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. a

3. b

4. b

5. d

6. b

PART II

7. Let’s go to a movie. Had you seen the new Italian film yet?

8. Why unemployment hadn’t risen before the end of last year?

9. When I had entered the building, the window had already been broken.

10. I’ve been waiting for an hour before the doctor arrived.

11. I had never owned a car until I graduate from college.

12. What had been you doing before you started this job?

13. He opened his umbrella although it had been raining.

14. I had been read when the fire alarm rang.

PART III

15. a

16. a

17. b

18. c

19. a

20. b

graduated

Have

I’d

because

reading



7 Modals of Possibility


7. It maybe too late to protect certain plant and animal species from extinction.

8. That couldn’t be Bill, but I’m not really sure.

9. There ought be more laws restricting the use of cellular phones in cars.

10. That story on the news mustn’t be true. It doesn’t make any sense at all.

11. I’m not sure, but it must rain this evening.

12. Karen should be twenty-five years old, or she might be forty.

13. He can’t be study at this hour—It’s almost midnight!

14. Hector has gotta know the password to your computer.

1. Although many linguists think there are about fouror five thousand languages in the world today,others believe that there many more.

a. mustn’t be

b. maybe

c. might be

d. has got to

2. We can’t be raises this month. Thecompany is losing a great deal of money right now.

a. gotten

b. got

c. get

d. getting

3. They not be at home. All of the lights areout.

a. must

b. couldn’t

c. has got to

d. don’t have to

4. The flight is on time. It should now asscheduled.

a landed

b. be landed

c. landing

d. be landing

5. We’ve be close to a cure for cancer. Somuch progress has been made in recent years.

a. have to

b. got to

c. ought to

d. has to

6. it be snowing in New York City at thebeginning of June?

a. Could

b. May

c. Must

d. Have to


Total 20


15. A: I may be home late.

B:

a. When will you know for sure?

b. Why do you sound so certain?

c. Why are you late?

16. A: There can’t be a storm tonight. Look at the stars.

B:

a. We’ll need an umbrella.

b. You’re right, there must be.

c. It certainly seems unlikely.

17. A: There could be another economic recession inthe next few years.

B: Let’s be optimistic.

a. Or there may be one.

b. Or there might not be one.

c. Or there must be one.

18. A:

B: I agree. There’s absolutely no doubt.

a. It must be true.

b. It might be true.

c. It could be true.

19. A:

B: How can you be so sure?

a. Maybe they’ll come soon.

b. They won’t come this afternoon.

c. Perhaps they’ll come later.

20. A: You may be hearing from the doctor soon.

B:

a. May I?

b. I must be.

c. I hope so.



Modals of possibility are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

The funnel cloud of rotating air a tornado between 300 and 2000

feet . tallD

maybeC

that becomesB

rapidlyA


7 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. d

3. a

4. d

5. b

6. a

PART II

7. It maybe too late to protect certain plant and animal species from extinction.

8. That couldn’t be Bill, but I’m not really sure.

9. There ought be more laws restricting the use of cellular phones in cars.

10. That story on the news mustn’t be true. It doesn’t make any sense at all.

11. I’m not sure but it must rain this evening.

12. Karen should be twenty-five years old, or she might be forty.

13. He can’t be work at this hour—It’s almost midnight!

14. Hector has gotta know the password to your computer.

PART III

15. a

16. c

17. b

18. a

19. b

20. c

to

may be

must not/can’tmight/may

could/might/may

workinggot to

could



8 Past Modals


7. Archaeologists think that frigid Arctic regions must of been much warmer ninety million

years ago.

8. How much luggage they could have taken with them on the airplane?

9. I should included more information in my report, but I didn’t have enough time.

10. There might a been an invoice in your mailbox.

11. May she have called before I got up?

12. She may had overslept this morning.

13. They can’t had eaten all of that food.

14. Last semester, I must do community service for eight weeks as a requirement.

1. They could a lot of traffic. Maybe that’swhy they were so late.

a. of had

b. have had

c. had had

d. have been

2. According to experts, the parent language ofEuropean and southern Asian languages must have

before 3000 B.C.

a. exists

b. exist

c. existed

d. existing

3. How air pollution over the past fifty years?

a. should have controlled

b. we should control

c. we should have controlled

d. should we have controlled

4. He passed the test. He studied so hard.

a. had to have

b. has got to

c. mustn’t have

d. have to have

5. I shouldn’t have been angry but I .

a. did

b. was

c. have

d. been

6. When I was in high school, we wear jeansto school.

a. couldn’t

b. shouldn’t

c. mustn’t

d. may not


Total 20


15. A: We should have registered for the yoga class.

B:

a. I’m really glad we did.

b. It’s too bad that we didn’t.

c. When did we register?

16. A: How much did they charge you?

B: Last month,

a. I must pay twenty-five dollars.

b. I had to pay twenty-five dollars.

c. I’ve got to pay twenty-five dollars.

17. A:

B: Why do you regret it?

a. I shouldn’t have majored in math.

b. I couldn’t have gotten an A.

c. I must have passed the course.

18. A: At my last job, I could eat in the cafeteria everyday.

B:

a. Could you eat there every week?

b. Did you ever try the cafeteria?

c. That must have been convenient.

19. A: Did you take pictures in the museum?

B: No,

a. we must not use our cameras.

b. we had to use our cameras.

c. we were not allowed to use our cameras.

20. A: I could have applied for a loan.

B:

a. Why didn’t you?

b. When did you apply?

c. It’s good that you did.



Past modals are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

Ancient people the unusual configuration of stones Stonehenge as a calendar

the positions the sun and moon. ofD

for predictingC

calledB

may createdA


8 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. c

3. b

4. b

5. b

6. a

PART II

7. Archaeologists think that frigid Arctic regions must of been much warmer ninety million

years ago.

8. How much luggage they could have taken with them on the airplane?

9. I should included more information in my report, but I didn’t have enough time.

10. There might a been an invoice in your mailbox.

11. May she have called before I got up?

12. She may had overslept this morning.

13. They can’t had eaten all of that food.

14. Last semester, I must do community service for eight weeks as a requirement.

PART III

15. b

16. b

17. a

18. c

19. c

20. a

had to

have

have

have

Couldhave

can’t have/couldn’t have



9 Passive Sentences (Part 1)


7. The witnesses were questioning by the police.

8. The package was lost the mail carrier.

9. Typewriters are not be used in offices any longer.

10. Is the tip include in the price or should I add one?

11. What delivered yesterday afternoon?

12. One hundred and fifty pounds was weighed by the athlete.

13. I sent a fax because the computer is being used when I needed it.

14. He was died last year.

1. In microbiology, the very small unit for cellmeasurement the micrometer.

a. is calling

b. being called

c. is called

d. called

2. The infant weighed at his last check up.

a. by the pediatrician

b. one more time

c. very carefully

d. fifteen pounds

3. It is not well known that the fax machine before the telephone.

a. was inventing

b. invented

c. was invented

d. invents

4. Why in your office?

a. were the computers being replaced

b. the computers were being replaced

c. the computers were replaced

d. the computers replaced

5. The package arrived by air mail.

a. was

b. been

c. did

d. has

6. Digital technology developed at anextraordinarily fast pace.

a. being

b. is being

c. been

d. be

PART I. Choose best answer to complete each sentence.

Total 20


15. A: John was hired by the law firm.

B: Pardon me.

a. Who did John hire?

b. Who hired John?

16. A: Kevin was given a beautiful gift.

B:

a. What did he get?

b. What did he give?

17. A: Are you being helped?

B: Yes,

a. by that lady over there.

b. by the men’s suits.

18. A: Let’s eat at the new Korean restaurant tonight.

B: Good idea.

a. Do you require a reservation?

b. Are reservations required?

19. A: My car is being fixed right now.

B:

a. Who’s repairing it for you?

b. I didn’t know that you fixed cars.

20. A: Anna was told to leave.

B:

a. Why did she say that?

b. Who told her that?



Passive sentences are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

When the north poles of two magnets near each other, they will immediately move away

from each other.

A. are bringing

B. be brought

C. are brought

D. they brought


9 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. d

3. c

4. a

5. d

6. b

PART II

7. The witnesses were questioning by the police.

8. The package was lost the mail carrier.

9. Typewriters are not be used in offices any longer.

10. Is the tip include in the price or should I add one?

11. What delivered yesterday afternoon?

12. One hundred and fifty pounds was weighed by the athlete.

13. I sent a fax because the computer is being used when I needed it.

14. He was last year.

PART III

15. b

16. a

17. a

18. b

19. a

20. b

was

questioned

by

beingincluded

The athlete weighed one hundred and fifty pounds.

was

died


Chapters 1–8P R O G R E S S T E S T

1. We’ve be about to land. The captain hasswitched on the “Fasten your seatbelts” sign.

a. must

b. have to

c. got to

d. ought to

2. Rosa has been working on her term paper all week,and she still it.

a. hasn’t been finishing

b. not finishing

c. not finished

d. hasn’t finished

3. Mr. Jenison be away today. His officelights are out.

a. must

b. have got

c. couldn’t

d. don’t have to

4. the firefighters were putting out theflames, the paramedics were helping the injured.

a. While

b. During

c. Next

d. After

5. Biologists are worried because many animalsextinct in the Brazilian rain forest.

a. become

b. becomes

c. becoming

d. are becoming

6. In what city going to hold the nextDemocratic convention?

a. they will

b. are they

c. will they

d. they are

7. Because she studied hard, Sabrina shouldn’t havefailed her exam but she .

a. was

b. did

c. should

d. been

8. The registrar’s office will at 4:00 duringexam week.

a. closing

b. closes

c. be closing

d. to close

9. Physicists have discovered subatomicparticles smaller than electrons.

a. ever

b. yet

c. lately

d. already

10. How long has Mrs. Ortiz been ?

a. living here

b. owning that house

c. having that apartment

d. moving here

11. Geologists have rock samples from theinside of the crater in order to study the impact ofthe meteorite.

a. collect

b. collected

c. collecting

d. collects

12. The review board decided that the companypresident had not improperly.

a. act

b. acting

c. acted

d. to act


A


13. Before my parents a car, we used to rideour bicycles to school every day.

a. buy

b. bought

c. used to buy

d. buying

14. What of my new dress?

a. think

b. do you think

c. thinks

d. you think

PART I. Continued


15. The rescue workers the crash site they a cry for help.

16. the last year of presidency, Jimmy Carter rethink to foreign policy.

17. Napoleon’s army the battle of Waterloo, the in Europe

dramatically.

18. Paul and that novel in French last semester.

19. Laura been to Europe she a job with a German bank.

20. the governor’s economic , has increased steadily five years.

21. The new be Peruvian, she be Colombian.

22. What been on you to the new department?

23. The city library an cataloging system in of branches.

24. you good recently?

25. When the new bridge , the to experience traffic and better

driving conditions.

26. they for the movies they our message?gotD

beforeC

have leftB

MayA

lessD

are goingC

town residentsB

will openA

moviesD

anyC

seenB

HadA

itsD

mostC

electronicB

is havingA

movedD

sinceC

workingB

you haveA

mightD

orC

shouldB

conductorA

sinceD

unemploymentC

policiesB

Because ofA

getsD

untilC

neverB

hadA

literature classD

ourC

have readB

IA

changedD

balance of powerC

was losingB

AfterA

his approachD

mustC

hisB

InA

were hearingD

whenC

to leaveB

were preparingA


27. A: I heard that Paul is in Paris.

B: . I saw him an hour ago.

a. That might be true

b. That can’t be true

c. That must be true

28. A: Susan and I had already left by the time the ceremony began.

B:

a. Did you leave after the ceremony?

b. It’s too bad you didn’t see the ceremony.

c. Why didn’t you leave before the ceremony?

29. A: Before I come home, I’ll stop at the supermarket.

B:

a. Will you stop at the supermarket?

b. Will you buy some bread, please?

c. Are you coming home?

30. A: What is she doing?

B:

a. She looks tired.

b. She’s beautiful.

c. She’s looking for her keys.

31. A: I shouldn’t have said that to her.

B:

a. Yes, it was a good idea.

b. Why do you agree with her?

c. Why do you regret it?

32. A: Don’t worry, .

B: Thank you. I appreciate your help!

a. I’ll make the food for the party

b. I like parties

c. I do it

33. A: Have you ever been to Japan?

B:

a. Only once.

b. Yes, I am.

c. No, I wasn’t.

34. A:

B: We had never been on such a long journey before.

a. Why were you worried?

b. Why do you worry?

c. Do you like long journeys?

35. A: Linda, can you go to the store for me?

B: Sorry, .

a. I watch TV

b. I’m waiting for a phone call

c. It rains a lot

36. A: I’ve lived in this neighborhood since 1980.

B:

a. When did you move here?

b. Do you like your neighbors?

c. Why did you move?

37. A: Saul can’t be here. I saw him leave a few minutes ago.

B:

a. You’re right. He must be here.

b. Why do you think so?

c. He’s probably on his way to work.

38. A: What were you doing when she called you?

B:

a. Working.

b. To work.

c. I’m working.

39. A: I’ve been cooking lunch for the kids.

B:

a. That was some time ago.

b. Is the food ready?

c. Have you begun to cook?

40. A: She could have applied for the scholarship.

B:

a. When did she apply?

b. I’m glad that she did.

c. Why didn’t she?


PART III. Continued

Score 40


A Answer Key


Part I

1. c

2. d

3. a

4. a

5. d

6. b

7. b

8. c

9. d

10. a

11. b

12. c

13. b

14. b

15. D

16. C

17. B

18. B

19. D

20. D

21. B

22. A

23. A

24. A

25. A

26. A

27. b

28. b

29. b

30. c

31. c

32. a

33. a

34. a

35. b

36. b

37. c

38. a

39. b

40. c

Part I

Part II

Part III



10 Passive Sentences (Part 2)


7. College education has been become too expensive for many middle-class families.

8. Should be television cameras permitted in a courtroom?

9. Have you ever been greet by a creature from outer space?

10. He has to notified soon about the change.

11. The same news events may seen over and over again on cable TV.

12. Is the package going to send by air mail or surface mail?

13. The trip will been canceled if it rains.

14. Saturated fat must be limit in a healthy diet.

1. Most stores will your money when youreturn a purchase with the original receipt.

a. refunded by

b. refund

c. be refunded

d. refunded

2. In many libraries, current periodicals must be readinside the library. They borrowed.

a. may not be

b. don’t be

c. have not

d. cannot

3. Why believed that infants should be readaloud to often?

a. is it

b. there is

c. do we

d. should it

4. Many people think that smoking must be in restaurants.

a. happened

b. disappeared

c. occurred

d. banned

5. It is unfortunate that violence has been ontelevision and in the movies.

a. promoting

b. promote

c. promoted

d. promotes

6. When substituted for gasoline inautomobiles?

a. other fuels are going to be

b. are other fuels going to be

c. are other fuels going

d. other fuels are going


Total 20


15. A: Did she get accepted into the business program?

B:

a. No, she doesn’t get it.

b. Yes, she did.

c. Yes, she got one.

16. A: Who was that book written by?

B:

a. An author.

b. A writer.

c. Joseph Daly.

17. A: Have you invited Jada to join us for dinner?

B: Yes,

a. she’s been invited.

b. I’ve been invited.

c. she’s invited me.

18. A: Do you think they’ll lose the game?

B: Yes,

a. they’ll be beaten.

b. they’ll win.

c. they’ll be lost.

19. A: It’s been raining for hours.

B:

a. It’s got to be stopped soon.

b. It’ll stop in a little while.

c. It hasn’t been stopped yet.

20. You haven’t taken the required English course yet.

B: I know.

a. Will it be required?

b. We should be taken soon.

c. Is it going to be offered next semester?



Passive sentences are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

While Iceland’s rocks are no older than 65 million years old, rocks 3.8 billion years old

on Greenland, just 185 miles away.

A. has been found

B. have been found

C. have been finding

D. have been founded


10 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. a

4. d

5. c

6. b

PART II

7. College education has been become too expensive for many middle-class families.

8. Should be television cameras permitted in a courtroom?

9. Have you ever been greet by a creature from outer space?

10. He has to notified soon about the change.

11. The same news events may seen over and over again on cable TV.

12. Is the package going to send by air mail or surface mail?

13. The trip will been canceled if it rains.

14. Saturated fat must be limit in a healthy diet.

PART III

15. b

16. c

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. c

greeted

be

bebe sent

be

limited



11 Contrasting Gerunds and Infinitives


7. Please remember taking out the trash tomorrow morning.

8. I want his to call us when he arrives.

9. We don’t always want to go to work in the morning, but we need to do.

10. You should arrive early not to miss the beginning of the performance.

11. Some governments are still letting manufacturers to pollute the environment.

12. We’re looking forward to hear from you soon.

13. It’s starting raining again. Please take out your umbrella.

14. She went to the bank for cashing a check.

1. People receive a lot of letters before theystarted using e-mail.

a. used to

b. were used to

c. looked forward to

d. were accustomed to

2. repairing a twenty-five year old televisionset.

a. I decided

b. We refused

c. It’s not worth

d. They asked me

3. to protect electric appliances fromdamage, it is a good idea to unplug them during anelectrical storm.

a. In addition

b. For

c. Instead

d. In order

4. Would you mind me the time, please?

a. tell

b. to tell

c. told

d. telling

5. Some people like to cook but they really dislikefor a big crowd.

a to cooking

b. to cook

c. cooking

d. cook

6. Politicians often promise taxes, especiallybefore an election.

a. not to raise

b. don’t raise

c. not raising

d. not be raising


Total 20


15. A: What are you thinking about?

B:

a. I don’t want to.

b. Swim.

c. Swimming.

16. A:

B: No, not at all. Let’s go.

a. Would you like to give me a ride?

b. Would you mind giving me a ride?

c. Do you want to give me a ride?

17. A: I stopped to listen to his advice.

B: Oh, I’m glad you did.

a. He has bad ideas.

b. He has good ideas.

c. What did you recommend?

18. A:

B: Really. Why do you like it so much?

a. I enjoy walking in the woods.

b. I enjoy language courses.

c. I enjoy historical novels.

19. A: I’ll never forget taking that exam.

B:

a. I hope you remember to take it.

b. It’s next Thursday at three.

c. You were nervous, weren’t you?

20. A: Eva doesn’t mind him calling at midnight.

B:

a. Why does she call so late?

b. Why doesn’t she permit it?

c. Why does he call so late?



Gerunds and infinitives are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is atypical example:


A. for keeping

B. to keep

C. keeping

D. keep


11 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. c

3. d

4. d

5. c

6. a

PART II

7. Please remember taking out the trash tomorrow morning.

8. I want his to call us when he arrives.

9. We don’t always want to go to work in the morning, but we need to do.

10. You should arrive early not to miss the beginning of the performance.

11. Some governments are still letting manufacturers to pollute the environment.

12. We’re looking forward to hear from you soon.

13. It’s starting raining again. Please take out your umbrella.

14. She went to the bank for cashing a check.

PART III

15. c

16. b

17. b

18. a

19. c

20. c

in order

to takehim

hearing

to cash

to rain



12 Indefinite and Definite Articles; Review of Nouns


7. We would like to buy new car, but we haven’t found one yet.

8. We have lots of cookies left. Would you like the another one?

9. Some studies report that the zinc is a popular natural remedy for colds, but other studies

disagree.

10. Her parents were some professors at a small university.

11. Anthropologists were not surprised to find an human fossil during their excavation of the

site.

12. Linguistics are the study of the nature and structure of languages.

13. Eating large amounts of fruits and vegetables is healthy habit.

14. If you can’t answer telephone, then the caller can leave a message.

1. Inflation is overall trend toward risingprices.

a. a

b. an

c. �d. other

2. microscope was invented in theseventeenth century by a Dutch scientist namedAnton van Leeuwenhoek.

a. The

b. One

c. Some

d. �

3. Last night we invited friends over tocelebrate the holiday.

a. another

b. a

c. any

d. some

4. Award winners should be seated in firstrow of the auditorium.

a. �b. the

c. a

d. some

5. Look at puddle in the corner of the room.There must be a leak.

a. some

b. one

c. �d. the

6. During the spring semester, chemistry willnot be offered.

a. the

b. a

c. �d. any


Total 20


15. A: Could you please open the window in here?

B:

a. I can’t. It’s stuck.

b. Sure. Which one?

c. Is this one OK?

16. A: I bought some rice.

B:

a. How many?

b. Where is it?

c. Should I cook them?

17. A: There were two witnesses, and I spoke to one ofthem.

B:

a. What about another one?

b. What about the others?

c. What about the other one?

18. A: The dogs are friendly.

B:

a. Yes. They’re wagging their tails.

b. No, not all dogs are.

c. But cats usually aren’t.

19. A: The sitar is a string instrument from India.

B:

a. Did you buy it there?

b. I know. It’s a kind of lute.

c. Where is it? Please let me see.

20. A: I looked at an apartment but the bedroom waskind of small.

B:

a. What about the other bedrooms?

b. What about the other rooms?

c. How many bedrooms were there?





of the tube. along lengthD

areC

thatB



12 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. d

4. b

5. d

6. c

PART II

7. We would like to buy new car, but we haven’t found one yet.

8. We have lots of cookies left. Would you like the another one?

9. Some studies report that the zinc is a popular natural remedy for colds, but other studies

disagree.

10. Her parents were some professors at a small university.

11. Anthropologists were not surprised to find an human fossil during their excavation of the

site.

12. Linguistics are the study of the nature and structure of languages.

13. Eating large amounts of fruits and vegetables is healthy habit.

14. If you can’t answer telephone, then the caller can leave a message.

PART III

15. a

16. b

17. c

18. a

19. b

20. b

a

is

a

the

a



13 Relative Clauses with Subject Relative Pronouns


7. I spoke to the man he was sitting by the door.

8. The people who is waiting for a long time should be served first.

9. My friend Tina, that roomed with me in college, stopped by yesterday.

10. Did you read the memo, that explained all of the rules?

11. We can probably replace the key what is lost without too much difficulty.

12. Serena Williams who beat her sister in the finals won at Wimbledon in 2003.

13. The customer which was extremely unhappy about a purchase called the store.

14. You should buy a new watch it has an alarm.

1. Yo-Yo Ma is a world-famous cellist beganto study the cello at the age of four.

a. who

b. which

c. what

d. when

2. A computer program is a set of coded instructionsa computer how to process information.

a. who tells

b. which tells

c. it tells

d. tells

3. Children who two languages at an earlyage sometimes switch languages without realizingit.

a. they speak

b. speaks

c. speaking

d. speak

4. No one is really sure how the huge stones ofStonehenge, , were moved to the south ofEngland thousands of years ago.

a. that is an ancient monument

b. it is an ancient monument

c. an ancient monument

d. is an ancient monument

5. Dams to provide water power, cropirrigation, or water for homes and businesses.

a which direct water into canals

b. direct water into canals

c. directing water into canals

d. they direct water into canals

6. According to soil scientists, it is easy to identify soilby earthworms.

a. is inhabited

b. that inhabited

c. inhabits

d. that is inhabited


Total 20


15. A: My brother in Paris e-mails me often.

B:

a. Where do your other brothers live?

b. I have only one brother too.

c. So you just have one brother.

16. A: The woman who called Helen is a famousathlete.

B:

a. I didn’t know Helen was famous.

b. Why did Helen call her?

c. What is the woman’s name?

17. A: I spoke to John, who is really upset.

B:

a. What are you upset about?

b. Who is really upset?

c. What is he upset about?

18. A: Which of the rings was your grandmother’s?

B:

a. The ring, which has a pearl and a ruby.

b. The ring that has a pearl and a ruby.

c. That has a pearl and a ruby.

19. A: Which jacket is yours?

B:

a. The one on the table.

b. That jacket is attractive.

c. Yes, it is.

20. A: What are you reading?

B:

a. That’s from Hungary.

b. A book from Hungary.

c. That book is published in Hungary.



Relative clauses with subject relative pronouns are often tested in the Structure section of theTOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

George Eliot is the pen name of Mary Ann Evans, Victorian novels about the moral and

social problems of her era.

A. a woman she wrote

B. a woman wrote

C. that she wrote

D. a woman who wrote


13 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. b

3. d

4. c

5. b

6. d

PART II

7. I spoke to the man he was sitting by the door.

8. The people who is waiting for a long time should be served first.

9. My friend Tina, that roomed with me in college, stopped by yesterday.

10. Did you read the memo, that explained all of the rules?

11. We can probably replace the key what is lost without too much difficulty.

12. Serena Williams, who beat her sister in the finals, won at Wimbledon in 2003.

13. The customer which was extremely unhappy about a purchase called the store.

14. You should buy a new watch it has an alarm.

PART III

15. a

16. c

17. c

18. b

19. a

20. b

who/that

are

who

that/which

thatwho/that



14 Relative Clauses with Object Relative Pronouns


7. The dictionary we looked in it doesn’t have recently coined words.

8. At the end of the summer, they started to renovate the building she works.

9. This is the only notification, that you will receive from this organization.

10. My friend Jeff, I met in college, works as a congressional aide in Washington, D.C.

11. The people we collaborate with in Maine works at a marine lab.

12. The woman whom I worked gave me a very positive letter of recommendation.

13. He didn’t meet the people with he was sharing an apartment until he arrived last Monday.

14. Can you remember the time where the fire alarm went off in the middle of the night?

1. Do you know anything about the newrequirements ?

a. that announced

b. that they announced

c. they announced them

d. that they announced them

2. Have you ever seen the building we usedto live?

a. where

b. in

c. that

d. which

3. Unlike most Greek plays, the plays Euripides wroteabout common people instead of gods

and goddesses.

a. he’s

b. them

c. they’re

d. were

4. They spoke who they knew from work.

a. very excitedly

b. about a problem

c. once a week

d. to a customer

5. A keen sense of smell and acute hearing areabilities when they were hunters in thewild.

a. dogs must have needed them

b. that dogs must have needed

c. who dogs must have needed

d. with which dogs must have needed

6. She finally met Mr. Reilly, for a long time.

a. she spoke to

b. that she spoke to

c. to whom she spoke

d. she spoke to him


Total 20


15. A: A man I know won the lottery.

B:

a. That’s too bad.

b. He’s lucky.

c. Do you know him?

16. A: Did you read the letter I sent you?

B:

a. What did you send me?

b. Who did you send it to?

c. Yes, but why didn’t you call me?

17. A: The book she ordered hasn’t arrived.

B:

a. When did she order it?

b. Why hasn’t she arrived?

c. Who ordered the book?

18. A: Which of these jackets do you want to buy?

B:

a. I want to buy a jacket.

b. A jacket.

c. The one you like.

19. A: Please tell me which is your suitcase.

B:

a. Mine, which I just bought.

b. Mine is the red one.

c. It’s my suitcase.

20. A: I ran into a man I used to work with.

B:

a. Did he recognize you?

b. Did you work with him?

c. Did he work with you?



Relative clauses with object relative pronouns are often tested in the Structure section of theTOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

Vancouver is a city both because of its great natural beauty and its family-friendly

amenities.

A. tourists flock to

B. to which tourists

C. to whom tourists flock

D. tourists flock to it


14 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. a

3. d

4. d

5. b

6. c

PART II

7. The dictionary we looked in it doesn’t have recently coined words.

8. At the end of the summer, they started to renovate the building she works . / At the end of

the summer, they started to renovate the building she works.

9. This is the only notification, that you will receive from this organization.

10. My friend Jeff, I met in college, works as a congressional aide in Washington, D.C.

11. The people we collaborate with in Maine works at a marine lab.

12. The woman whom I worked gave me a very positive letter of recommendation. / The

woman whom I worked gave me a very positive letter of recommendation.

13. He didn’t meet the people with he was sharing an apartment until he arrived last Monday. /

He didn’t meet the people with he was sharing an apartment until he arrived last Monday.

14. Can you remember the time where the fire alarm went off in the middle of the night?

PART III

15. b

16. c

17. a

18. c

19. b

20. a

in which

who/whom

forfor

whomwhen/that/during which/Ø

in

work



15 Real Conditionals, Unreal Conditionals, and Wishes


7. I can’t play the piano, but I wish I can.

8. If electric cars didn’t cost so much, they would became more popular.

9. What do you do if there were a fire in your kitchen?

10. I wish you’ll start taking better care of yourself.

11. Call me if you’ll get home early so we can get together.

12. He won’t be able to continue his studies if he weren’t receiving a scholarship.

13. Don’t you wish you live in a warmer climate?

14. Unless you will rest in bed, you won’t get better.

1. The process of photosynthesis in plants will notoccur unless an adequate amount of lightas an energy source.

a. there will be

b. there is

c. there would

d. there has

2. If you on country roads at night, you’llneed to use your bright lights.

a. will drive

b. would drive

c. drove

d. drive

3. The candidate said very clearly that he cutfunding for education under any circumstances ifhe were governor.

a. didn’t

b. wouldn’t

c. can’t

d. won’t

4. You into trouble at some point if youdon’t back up your files periodically.

a. ran

b. would run

c. might run

d. had run

5. Consumers wish interest rates so that theycould purchase new homes.

a. would fall

b. will fall

c. fall

d. can fall

6. If alternative sources of energy became widelyavailable, how much more money willingto pay for them?

a. people are

b. people would be

c. will people be

d. would people be


Total 20


15. A:

B: No, but I wish we did.

a. Are you coming soon?

b. Does it rain often?

c. Do you have any popcorn?

16. A: If only I had a laptop!

B:

a. When did you have one?

b. You should buy one.

c. Why did you buy one?

17. A: Let’s hope he wins.

B:

a. That’d be nice.

b. When did he win?

c. I knew he would.

18. A: If you need me later, I’ll help you.

B:

a. Thank you so much.

b. That’s true.

c. I disagree.

19. A: Are you finished yet?

B: No, but

a. I wish I weren’t.

b. I wish I were.

c. I hope I am.

20. A: Would you mind if I left early?

B:

a. Yes, go right ahead.

b. Why did you leave early?

c. No, not at all.



Real conditionals, unreal conditionals, and wishes are often tested in the Structure section of theTOEFL® test. Here is a typical example:

an automobile at an average speed of 60 miles per hour, it

180 miles.

will travelD

in three hoursC

will travelB

IfA


15 Answer Key


PART I

1. b

2. d

3. b

4. c

5. a

6. d

PART II

7. I can’t play the piano, but I wish I can.

8. If electric cars didn’t cost so much, they would became more popular.

9. What do you do if there were a fire in your kitchen?

10. I wish you’ll start taking better care of yourself.

11. Call me if you’ll get home early so we can get together.

12. He won’t be able to continue his studies if he weren’t receiving a scholarship.

13. Don’t you wish you live in a warmer climate?

14. Unless will you rest in bed, you won’t get better.

PART III

15. c

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. c

lived

couldbecome

wouldyou’d

wouldn’t

you



16 Past Unreal Conditionals and Past Wishes


7. Don’t you wish you’ve gone to the doctor?

8. If we’d arrived earlier, we wouldn’t have miss the bus.

9. They didn’t attend the concert, but they wish they hadn’t.

10. Teresa would of won the race if Lanita hadn’t picked up speed at the end.

11. If I’d been you, I’d call the manufacturer’s help line right now.

12. If only you are with us on our vacation to Australia last winter.

13. What we would have done if the weather hadn’t improved?

14. I wish she’d had warned me about the problem.

1. If only the travelers listening to the radiolast night.

a. had been

b. had had

c. would have

d. will be

2. During the electrical power outage, she wishedshe had kept candles in the house.

a since

b. if

c. but

d. that

3. If they had taken better precautions, theyhave avoided the problems that they laterencountered?

a. could

b. will

c. may

d. must

4. If the Titanic more life boats, more peoplewould have survived.

a. had been

b. was having

c. would have

d. had had

5. The candidate would the election if shehad gotten a few more votes.

a. win

b. have won

c. won

d. had won

6. Brazil would have won the World Cup twice in thesame decade, in 1998.

a. if it wins

b. if it would win

c. but it didn’t win

d. but it hasn’t


Total 20


15. A: I wish I’d been early.

B:

a. It’s good you came early.

b. I’m glad you were too.

c. Don’t blame yourself.

16. A: Jane would have helped you.

B: I know.

a. But she had to work.

b. But she could.

c. But she helped me.

17. A: What would have happened if it had rained?

B:

a. We must have left.

b. We’d left early.

c. We’d have left.

18. A: If only we hadn’t lost the cell phone.

B:

a. Then we could have called.

b. Then we were called.

c. Then we had called.

19. A: Did she complain to the manager?

B: Yes, but

a. I wish she did.

b. I wish she hadn’t.

c. I wish she would.

20. A: What would you have done?

B:

a. I wish you would have.

b. It’s hard to say.

c. I waited.



Past unreal conditionals and past wishes are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL®test. Here is a typical example:

The Russian Czar probably would not Alaska the United States if he about

oil and gold reserves. itsD

had knownC

toB

had soldA


16 Answer Key


PART I

1. a

2. d

3. a

4. d

5. b

6. c

PART II

7. Don’t you wish you’ve gone to the doctor?

8. If we’d arrived earlier, we wouldn’t have miss the bus.

9. They didn’t attend the concert, but they wish they hadn’t.

10. Teresa would of won the race if Lanita hadn’t picked up speed at the end.

11. If I’d been you, I’d call the manufacturer’s help line right now.

12. If only you are with us on our vacation to Australia last winter.

13. What we would have done if the weather hadn’t improved?

14. I wish she’d had warned me about the problem.

PART III

15. c

16. a

17. c

18. a

19. b

20. b

missed

you’d/you had

have

I were

had been

had



17 Noun Clauses


7. Researchers believe what many diseases will be cured in the near future.

8. I was certain that no one is home when I passed by.

9. Do you know where is the manual?

10. I was wondering if you could help me later?

11. She had no idea whether or no she should pursue a degree in computer science.

12. I didn’t remember, that the mail had already come.

13. She thought he will call the next day, but he didn’t.

14. John had forgotten who am I because we had met only once before.

1. Taxpayers want to know where going to bespent.

a. is their money

b. does their money

c. their money is

d. their money will be

2. To be bilingual means a person can speaktwo languages equally well.

a. that

b. who

c. why

d. what

3. Instead of learning specific job skills in college,students learn to solve problems, thegreatest skill of all.

a. what

b. that

c. how

d. if

4. It is unclear or not consumers will buy theenergy-efficient cars that are being developed.

a. if

b. whether

c. that

d. why

5. Do you know when ?

a. the gift being purchased

b. the gift purchased

c. the gift is being purchased

d. is the gift being purchased

6. I thought she when we saw her. Didn’tyou?

a. looks well

b. is lonely

c. seemed tired

d. will be angry


Total 20


15. A: Why did you leave the game before the end?

B: I was sure

a. we will win.

b. we win.

c. we would win.

16. A: I’m afraid I can’t help you.

B:

a. Don’t be frightened.

b. That’s OK. I’ll ask Tom.

c. I’m so glad you can.

17. A: Mr. Burns is going to resign.

B:

a. I know why.

b. I know what.

c. I know who.

18. A: I wonder where they went.

B:

a. Let’s look for them.

b. I doubt it.

c. Are you sure?

19. A: Do you know what Diane forgot?

B:

a. She didn’t forget them.

b. Yes, the keys.

c. Yes, she did.

20. A: Could you tell me what time it is?

B:

a. Yes, I did.

b. Sorry. My watch is broken.

c. Sure, go right ahead.



Noun clauses are often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

Although there are a number of plausible theories, no one really knows why extinct.

A. did dinosaurs become

B. if dinosaurs became

C. dinosaurs became

D. or not dinosaurs became


17 Answer Key


PART I

1. c

2. a

3. c

4. b

5. c

6. c

PART II

7. Researchers believe what many diseases will be cured in the near future.

8. I was certain that no one is home when I passed by.

9. Do you know where is the manual?

10. I was wondering if you could help me later?

11. She had no idea whether or no she should pursue a degree in computer science.

12. I didn’t remember, that the mail had already come.

13. She thought he will call the next day, but he didn’t.

14. John had forgotten who am I because we had met only once before.

PART III

15. c

16. b

17. a

18. a

19. b

20. b

not

thatwas

would

.



18 Reported Speech


7. Critics of genetically engineered food say that its consumption be limited until further

testing.

8. She spoke to him that it was too late to return the merchandise.

9. He told the committee members to not to worry about the deadline.

10. We suggested that Nancy hires a secretary.

11. The governor said us the truth about the fiscal crisis.

12. They said if I wanted a ride home, but I had already made other plans.

13. Please explain to us what is the problem.

14. Last week Rachel asked if she can borrow my notes until today, but I needed them.

1. After making an online purchase, customers areoften asked a brief survey.

a. they complete

b. if they complete

c. for complete

d. to complete

2. When I e-mailed Carl about the problem, he didn’tme.

a. reply

b. respond

c. say

d. answer

3. To ensure steady growth in the company, theconsultant recommended that each department

ready to expand within a few months.

a. is

b. was

c. be

d. to be

4. If you are to take medication by yourdoctor, you should ask for specific directions.

a. stated

b. told

c. explained

d. proposed

5. It was announced that the university accepted more students into the program.

a would

b. had

c. were

d. be

6. Safety experts motorists to make frequentstops during a long trip, especially at night.

a. advise

b. demand

c. insist

d. recommend


Total 20


15. A: Ben said you were ill.

B:

a. Are you still ill?

b. I feel better now.

c. I’m glad you did.

16. A: What did Jeff say when he called last week?

B:

a. That it’s raining.

b. That it was raining.

c. That it has been raining.

17. A: Emily said she’d found a job.

B:

a. I hope she does.

b. I wonder if she will.

c. I’m glad she did.

18. A: They suggested we arrive early.

B:

a. What else did they recommend?

b. Why did they insist?

c. Why did they threaten us?

19. A: Mike admitted his mistake.

B:

a. When did he confess?

b. I’m glad he’s denying it.

c. Why is he blaming us?

20. A: Susan told me not to go swimming.

B:

a. Why did she promise that?

b. Why did she say that?

c. Why did you tell her that?



Reported speech is often tested in the Structure section of the TOEFL® test. Here is a typicalexample:

According to the laws of the United States, before suspects can be questioned, the police must

them their rights.

A. explain

B. repeat

C. tell

D. say


18 Answer Key


PART I

1. d

2. d

3. c

4. b

5. b

6. a

PART II

7. Critics of genetically engineered food say that its consumption be limited until further

testing.

8. She spoke to him that it was too late to return the merchandise.

9. He told the committee members to not to worry about the deadline.

10. We suggested that Nancy hires a secretary.

11. The governor said us the truth about the fiscal crisis.

12. They said if I wanted a ride home, but I had already made other plans.

13. Please explain to us what is the problem.

14. Last week Rachel asked if she can borrow my notes until today, but I needed them.

PART III

15. b

16. b

17. c

18. a

19. a

20. b

could

should

told

told

asked

hire

1. Biology majors need to take two semesters ofphysics.

a. the

b. a

c. some

d. �

2. I asked the department manager about mypromotion, but he didn’t me.

a. answer

b. respond

c. say

d. reply

3. Candidates for the position will be asked aquestionnaire about their work experience.

a. fill out

b. they fill out

c. for filling out

d. to fill out

4. The students are going to speak to the professorabout the homework .

a. he assigned it

b. he assigned

c. that he assigned it

d. that assigned

5. If you to sign up for the course, you’llneed to fill out this form.

a. want

b. wanted

c. would want

d. will want

6. The package measured in length.

a. by the office clerk

b. once more

c. carefully

d. 12 inches

7. In German folk legend, Kobald is the name of aspirit in the earth.

a. that he lived

b. lived

c. that lived

d. he lived

8. Several safety recommendations have been by the committee.

a. make

b. making

c. made

d. makes

9. If Rosa had been more careful, she havepassed the driving test?

a. will

b. could

c. may

d. must

10. This is the hall the representatives meet toelect the mayor.

a. which

b. where

c. in

d. there

11. considering a new approach to theproblem.

a. It’s worth

b. I refused

c. They asked me

d. We decided

12. Michael would the class if he had handedin his term paper on time.

a. passing

b. passed

c. have passed

d. had passed





13. It is unclear or not the economy willrecover in the coming year.

a. if

b. that

c. whether

d. when

14. Lower back pain is often with repetitivestrain or poor posture.

a. associate

b. associated

c. associating

d. to associate

PART I. Continued


15. article going by the of the newspaper.

16. Ultrasounds many conditions.

17. The confirmed the car the driveway the time of the robbery.

18. The opera Xerxes composed in winter 1737–8.

19. you , you need to enter your password.

20. The doctor us Rachel’s condition improving.

21. Hypochondriacs individuals who from irrational fear of illness.

22. we live in one hundred and fifty years .

23. would you do offer you a job?

24. for campus parking from the next Monday.

25. Lydia already decided the car she last year.

26. Remember the windows the alarm.

27. Andrea now wishes listened her advice.father’s D

toC

she’sB

thatA

settingD

beforeC

allB

closingA

boughtD

whatC

to sellB

hasA

startingD

facilities officeC

may collectedB

ApplicationsA

doesn’tD

the companyC

ifB

WhatA

agoD

more thanC

it was builtB

The houseA

anD

sufferC

theyB

areA

slowlyD

wasC

thatB

saidA

willD

computerC

turn onB

AfterA

ofD

theC

from HandelB

wasA

atD

is inC

thatB

witnessA

life-threateningD

to diagnoseC

by doctorsB

are usingA

editorD

to be wroteC

isB

TheA


28. A: Alberto is working for a woman I went to school with.

B:

a. Did you go to school with Alberto?

b. Are you working with Alberto?

c. Does he enjoy working with her?

29. A: It’s warm and sunny here in California.

B: It’s raining here.

a. I wish I were there with you.

b. I wish I weren’t in California.

c. I hope the weather in California improves.

30. A:

B: Not at all. I’d love to.

a. Would like to help me with my work?

b. Would you mind helping me with my work?

c. Do you want to help me with my work?

31. A: I read two books for my project; one of them was very useful.

B:

a. What about the other one?

b. And the others?

c. What about another one?

32. A: I wish I’d left on time.

B:

a. Yes, it was a good idea to leave on time.

b. Don’t worry. You are only a few minutes late.

c. Why do you regret it?

33. A: Jada wants to leave her job.

B:

a. I think I know what.

b. I know who.

c. I know why.

34. A: The computers are very expensive.

B:

a. No, not all computers are.

b. Yes, but they are very powerful.

c. Some computers are cheap.

35. A: The man who called Andrew is my new basketball coach.

B:

a. Is Andrew your basketball coach?

b. Why did Andrew call your new coach?

c. Really? What’s your new coach like?

36. A: A very valuable vase was broken by one ofthe cleaners.

B: Really?

a. Was he fired?

b. Did it break?

c. Was the vase valuable?

37. A: I will never forget meeting Nelson Mandela.

B:

a. Did you forget him?

b. Remember to meet with him.

c. It must have been a wonderful experience.

38. A: Marcia looked sick yesterday

B: Yes, she said that she a headache, but she feels fine today.

a. has

b. had

c. is having

39. A: Would you mind if I had another slice of that apple pie?

B:

a. No, of course not.

b. Yes, help yourself.

c. No, thanks. I’m not hungry.

40. A: Have you invited Dr. Lee to your graduation party next week?

B:

a. No, he hasn’t invited me.

b. Yes, he’s invited me.

c. No, not yet.


PART III. Continued

Score 40

4 Grammar Sense 3 Progress Test B: Answer Key © Oxford University Press

B Answer Key


1. d

2. a

3. d

4. b

5. a

6. d

7. c

8. c

9. b

10. b

11. a

12. c

13. c

14. b

15. C

16. A

17. C

18. B

19. C

20. A

21. B

22. B

23. D

24. B

25. C

26. A

27. B

28. c

29. a

30. b

31. a

32. b

33. c

34. b

35. c

36. a

37. c

38. b

39. a

40. c

Part I

Part II

Part III

Tapescripts

CHAPTER 1 A2: (pp. 10–11) Please refer to the conversations in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 13) 1. My name is Carol Cheng. 2. I’m from Taiwan. 3. I’m a new employee. 4. Compugames is a good company. 5. We’re a new company. 6. The employees are very friendly. 7. I’m happy about my new job! 8. Your office is right here. Informally Speaking (p. 16) A: Your company’z great! B: Yes, it is. Our employeez’re happy. B5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 16) 1. David Kim’z a game designer. 2. The employeez’re here. 3. The name’z Compugames. 4. Carol’z the sales manager. 5. The students’re at school. 6. The president’s from Seattle. C1: Listening for Form (p. 18) 1. Carol is in the United States. 2. She isn’t in California. 3. She’s at Compugames in Seattle. 4. No . . . Seattle isn’t in California. 5. The people at Compugames are friendly. 6. It’s not a very big company. 7. Carol’s happy there. 8. I’m happy for her. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 22) 1. Kim and Linda are from China. 2. The school isn’t big. It’s small. 3. Fran isn’t at school. She’s at work. 4. Mr. Johnson is fifty years old.

Grammar Sense 1 Tapescript Chapter 1 1

5. They’re doctors. 6. He isn’t from Japan.


CHAPTER 2 A2: (pp. 28–29) Please refer to the conversation and magazine quiz in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 31) 1. A: Excuse me, are you Victor Tomes? 2. B: Yes, I am. 3. A: Is this your passport? 4. B: Yes. Thank you! 5. B: Are you a new student? 6. A: Yes, I’m Irina. 7. B: I’m a new student, too. 8. B: Are you from Russia? 9. A: Yes, I’m from St. Petersburg. 10. B: Oh, St. Petersburg is beautiful! C1: Listening for Form (p. 34) 1. A: Is this Carson Street? B: Yes, it is. 2. A: Where is Apartment 7? B: Right here. 3. A: Are you the landlady? B: Yes, I am. I’m Ruth Nelson. 4. B: Who are you? A: I’m Hiro Yamada. 5. A: I’m here about the apartment. Is it available? B: Yes, it is. 6. A: Is the apartment on the ground floor? B: No, it’s on the third floor.

Informally Speaking (p. 35) A: How’re the students? B: They’re great! C3: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 35) 1. Where’re the children? 2. What’re their names? 3. When’s the meal? 4. Who’re your friends? 5. How’s your class?


6. Where's your roommate? 7. What’re your grades? 8. Where’re your books? D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 37) 1. Are you a student here? 2. What’s your major? 3. Is this your first year? 4. Are you from California? 5. Where are you from? 6. Are the students here friendly? 7. Who’s your advisor? 8. Is she helpful? 9. What dorm are you in? 10. How’s your room?


CHAPTER 3 A2: (pp. 44–45) Please refer to the conversations in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 47) 1. Don’t arrive late. 2. Listen carefully. 3. Give the contracts to Mr. Douglas. 4. Don’t lose the mail. 5. Write down all appointments. 6. Be friendly. 7. Don’t panic. 8. Don’t take long lunch breaks. 9. Be careful with important papers. 10. Don’t play games on the computer. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 50) 1. Please write your name on the test. 2. Watch out! A car! 3. Don’t sit there! 4. Turn left at the corner. 5. Add some salt and pepper to the mixture. 6. You be careful! That’s hot! 7. Turn right at Baker Street. 8. Don’t eat my sandwich.


CHAPTER 4 A2: (pp. 60–61) Please refer to the advertisements in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 63) 1. hour 2. hospital 3. herb 4. hat 5. union 6. university 7. uncle 8. umpire C1: Listening for Form (p. 66) 1. manager 2. children 3. books 4. man 5. teeth 6. woman 7. child 8. mice C4: Pronouncing Regular Plural Nouns (p. 67) 1. cars 2. pencils 3. wishes 4. roommates 5. nouns 6. maps D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 69) 1. Eat the vegetables. 2. A skyscraper is a building. 3. Studios are apartments. 4. Read a newspaper. 5. Mr. Jones is the landlord. 6. Please clean the house. 7. Electricity and water are utilities. 8. A knife is a utensil. 9. Tony, open the door.


10. Chris is a swimmer.


CHAPTER 5 A2: (p. 74) Please refer to the flyer in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 77) 1. Turn off the lights. 2. Don’t use hot water. 3. Pollution is unhealthy. 4. Take buses. 5. Ride a bike. 6. Save electricity. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 80) 1. Education is important. 2. Give me a coffee, please. 3. The table is glass. 4. Have a chocolate. They’re good. 5. Put a glass on the table. 6. My hair is brown. 7. Play basketball with me tomorrow! 8. Time is up. Please hand in your paper now.


CHAPTER 6 A2: (pp. 88-89) Please refer to the website advertisements from the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 91) 1. Look at this beautiful car. 2. Buy the blue suit. 3. The newspaper is old. 4. Close the door. 5. Are you happy? 6. Take the bus to school. 7. The train is late. 8. Maria and I are from Ghana. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 94) 1. Tony’s is a new restaurant. 2. The owner is a famous actor. 3. The chef is Italian, from Rome. 4. He is a wonderful cook. 5. The food at Tony’s isn’t cheap. 6. But the food is delicious.


CHAPTER 7 A2: (pp.100-101) Please refer to the e-mail messages in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 104) 1. The students’ essays are very good. 2. Whose class are you in? 3. Karen’s parents are from Honduras. 4. Their parents are doctors. 5. Who’s her teacher? 6. His plan is good. 7. Whose bag is on the floor? 8. Lynn’s friends are in town. C1: Listening for Form (p. 107) 1. Your roommate is really nice. 2. His guitar is expensive. 3. Our cousin is a famous singer. 4. Your cat is in my apartment. 5. Is the yellow jacket yours? 6. Is the book theirs? D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 109) 1. My brother Dan’s cat is 16 years old. 2. Karen Foster’s father is sick. He’s in the hospital. 3. Bob and Josh are roommates. Bob’s grades are good. His roommate’s aren’t. 4. Larry and Robin are parents. Lynn is their daughter. 5. My sister’s in my house. 6. The Harris’s car is new. 7. Paul’s hair is brown. His brother Rick’s hair is black. 8. Irina’s apartment is on Main Street. Mine is on Elm Street. E1: Listening for Form (p. 112) 1. These socks are not mine. 2. Those books are interesting. 3. This tie is Alan’s. 4. That is a beautiful painting. 5. This is my sister Wendy. 6. These are Jack’s books, not mine.


F1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 114) 1. Let’s get Jack clothes for his birthday. That jacket is nice. 2. It’s expensive. How about those pants? 3. No. They’re not good for a teenager. This shirt is a nice color. 4. Hmmm… I’m not sure. What about that sweater? 5. Good idea. Jack’s always cold. Look, these sweaters are on sale. 6. Let’s buy this blue one. Blue is his favorite color.


1

CHAPTER 8 A2: (p.120) Please refer to the journal entry in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 124) 1. A: Are you working?

B: No, I’m not. I’m watching TV. 2. A: Are you watching the news? B: Yes, I am. 3. A: The weather is really bad here. Is it raining there? B: Yes, it is, but not much. 4. A: Is the baby sleeping? B: Yes, he is. He was tired. 5. A: Is Tom playing video games? B: No, he’s not. He’s at Tim’s house. 6. A: Is Linda studying for her math test? B: Yes, she is. She’s really worried about it. 7. A: How’s the car? Is it running okay? B: No, it’s not. In fact, it’s at the garage. 8. A: Are the mechanics working on it? B: Yes, they are, but they’re working slowly.

C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 128) 1. A: Where are you going? B: To the store. 2. A: What courses are you taking? B: Italian and chemistry. 3. A: Who’s singing? B: My sister. She’s an opera singer. 4. A: Are you busy these days? B: Yes. I’m working long hours at my job, and I’m taking one night class. 5. A: Where are they playing? B: They’re in the gym. 6. A: Where are you working? B: At the bank. I’m a teller. 7. A: How are your grades this semester? B: Not so great. I’m spending too much time at work. 8. A: Why are you crying? B: I’m watching a sad movie.


CHAPTER 9 A2: (p. 134) Please refer to the magazine interview in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 137) 1. Kyla doesn’t live in Vermont. 2. She has a job. 3. She doesn’t have much free time. 4. Kyla dances every day. 5. She studies every night. 6. Her parents worry about her. 7. Kyla misses her family, but she is happy. 8. She works very hard.

B4: Pronouncing the Third-Person -s and -es (p. 139) 1. speaks She speaks four languages. 2. smells The bread smells delicious. 3. washes My son washes the car every weekend. 4. leaves Andre always leaves his dirty dishes on the table. 5. notices Every time I arrive late, the teacher notices. 6. stops The bus stops very near my apartment. 7. pays Rob pays his rent on time every month. 8. teaches My best friend teaches ballet in her free time. C1: Listening for Form (p. 141) 1. A: Do you need money?

B: No, I don’t. 2. A: Does the library open early?

B: No, it doesn’t. 3. A: Does your computer work well?

B: Yes, it does. 4. A: Do your friends call you?

B: Yes, they do.


5. A: Do you and your friends go to the movies? B: Yes, we do.

6. A: Do you have class today? B: No, I don’t.

7. A: Do you and your brother need a ride to the mall? B: No, we don’t.

8. A: Do you like your teachers? B: Yes, I do.

D1: Listening for Form (p. 144) 1. Where do you live? 2. Who lives with you? 3. How do you get to work? 4. Where do you eat lunch? 5. What do you do on Saturday morning? 6. Who does the shopping? 7. When does he go shopping? 8. What happens on Saturday night? E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 147) 1. A: Do you go to the gym? B: Yes, I do. I go on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays. 2. A: Where do polar bears live? B: In the Arctic. 3. A: Do you visit your family on holidays? B: Yes, I always see them at Christmas and Easter. 4. A: What do architects do? B: They design buildings. 5. A: How does the pie taste? B: Delicious. 6. A: What do panda bears eat? B: They eat bamboo. 7. A: What do you do in your free time? B: I play tennis and go to the movies. 8. A: Do you like jazz? B: Yes, and I also like classical music.


CHAPTER 10 A2 (p. 154) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (158) Some adults occasionally get very angry when they drive. Experts call this “road rage.” Road rage is dangerous because angry drivers usually drive carelessly and often cause accidents. These drivers never care about other drivers. They are generally rude and hostile. Angry drivers almost always drive very fast, and they frequently shout at other drivers. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 161) 1. A: I need help with this bicycle! A piece is missing! I never look at diagrams to put things together. B: Oh, I always do. Let me help. 2. A: Do you usually follow instructions well? B: Yes, I always do. 3. A: I hardly ever make things in my free time. What about you? B: Me? I love to do things like that. 4. A: I usually don’t make things or fix things, but I often cook. Do you ever cook? B: No, not me. 5. A: I like to collect recipes. B: I hardly ever do that. 6. A: I generally fix things around my house. B: That’s great! Everyone’s good at something.


CHAPTER 11 A2 (pp. 170–171) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 174) 1. My first home was in Chicago. 2. My family wasn’t rich. 3. But we weren’t poor either. 4. My parents were from Mexico. 5. They were teachers in Mexico. 6. But in Chicago my father was a taxi driver. 7. And my mother was a cook. 8. My brother, Diego, wasn’t around often. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 178) 1. David was in Germany for two years. His father was in the army there. 2. His father isn’t in the army anymore. He’s a salesman. 3. When David was young, he was often sick. 4. He was a good student, but he wasn’t very athletic. 5. Now he’s a long-distance runner. 6. He was the winner of a big race in Boston last weekend.


CHAPTER 12 A2: (pp. 184–185) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 188) 1. Queen Victoria lived in the 19th century. 2. We call this time the Victorian Age. 3. At that time, women wore long dresses. 4. People thought a lot about modesty. 5. Victorian women played tennis in dresses. 6. People even covered piano legs in their homes. 7. This seems very funny to us. 8. The world is very different now. B5: Pronouncing Final –ed (p. 190) 1. needed I needed a new coat this year. 2. stopped I stopped at the supermarket on the way home. 3. waited I waited for more than an hour. 4. knocked I knocked on the door, but no one answered. 5. gained I gained a lot of weight over Christmas. 6. borrowed I borrowed a cup of sugar from Emily. 7. helped You helped me a great deal. Thank you. 8. hated I hated the film on TV last night. C1: Listening for Form (p. 193) 1. Why did English women wear high boots? 2. Who designed the boots? 3. Did women wear pants in the 19th century? 4. Does she have long hair? 5. When did Napoleon live? 6. Where do fashions usually start? Informally Speaking (p. 196)


A: Jo-osh! What didja do to my new floor? C4: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 196) 1. A: Diddie come home late last night? B: Yes. He got in at nine. 2. A: What time didja call him? B: About ten. 3. A: How diddie get home from the airport? B: He took a taxi. 4. A: Diddie have a good time in Hawaii? B: Yes, he loved it! 5. A: Didja invite him for dinner on Friday? B: Yes, I did. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 198) 1. A few years ago, most men wore suits and ties to work. 2. Hats for men were very popular. 3. Most men owned several hats then. 4. Many people wear casual clothes to the office. 5. Most men don’t wear hats. 6. In the nineteenth century, many women put white powder on their faces. 7. Jeans became popular in the 1950s. 8. Many young people own several pairs of jeans now.


CHAPTER 13 A2: (pp. 204–205) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 208) 1. A fire in an office building on Main Street was burning out of control last night. 2. Two men were walking in front of the building. 3. They saw the fire on the first floor and called the fire department. 4. The firefighters arrived five minutes later. 5. The second floor of the building was burning. 6. Luckily, no one was working in the building at the time. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 211) 1. I was living in San Francisco at the time of the last earthquake. 2. The earthquake hit at 5:05 P.M. 3. I was driving down the highway. 4. Suddenly, the road started to move. 5. Luckily, I wasn’t traveling very fast. 6. I pulled over to the side of the road and stopped. 7. A lot of cars were moving very fast. 8. I saw several accidents.


CHAPTER 14 A2: (p. 220) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 223) Paris is an exciting city. It is a great city to visit. I spent time there last year. I liked the museums best. My favorite museum was the Musée d’Orsay. This museum is in an old train station. The station closed in 1939. The museum opened in 1986. It has famous paintings and sculptures. It was a wonderful place to spend an afternoon. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 227) 1. A: Did you take a vacation this year? 2. B: Oh, yes. We took two. In April we went on a trip to Yellowstone National Park. 3. B: And in the summer we went on a tour of France. 4. A: France, how wonderful! Did you enjoy the tour? 5. B: Oh yes. We loved France, and we had an excellent guide. 6. A: And did you enjoy the trip to Yellowstone Park? 7. B: Well, we had an accident on the way. 8. B: But the park was beautiful. The kids loved it.


CHAPTER 15 A2: (p. 232) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 236) 1. Some people don’t like this neighborhood, but I love it. 2. It’s very quiet. We have almost no traffic. 3. Many families with small children live here. 4. We don’t have any bars or art galleries. 5. However, we have a lot of ethnic restaurants. 6. The city park is a few blocks away. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 241) 1. We have many great food stores in Manhattan. 2. But Baldini’s is my favorite. They sell a lot of wonderful Italian food. 3. The owner, Mr. Baldini, opened his shop many years ago in 1947. 4. He had no money then. 5. But now he has a lot of money. He’s a millionaire! 6. A few people think that Baldini’s is very expensive. But I don’t agree. 7. I love pasta. And Baldini’s sells many kinds of fresh pasta. 8. Everybody shops there, even a few celebrities.


CHAPTER 16 A2: (pp. 248–249) Please refer to the newspaper article and letters to the editor in the Student Book.

B1: Listening for Form (p. 251) 1. There’s a large hall at the front of the apartment. 2. My bedroom is small. There aren’t any closets. 3. But there are two windows with a view of the town. 4. The living room is nice, but there’s no carpet on the floor. 5. There’s a large kitchen at the back of the apartment. 6. There aren’t a lot of cabinets in the kitchen. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 256) 1. Is their house new? 2. Is there a supermarket near here? 3. Are there any paintings by Picasso in this museum? 4. That’s Jack over there. 5. Is their child in school? 6. Look! There’s my car!


CHAPTER 17 A2: (pp. 266–267) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 270) 1. A: So . . . the world wants to know . . . Are you going to play for the Lions next year? 2. B: Oh… ah… well… Actually, I’m not going to be part of the team next season.. 3. A: We’re sorry to hear that….The fans are going to miss you. 4. A: So, tell us about your plans…. what are you going to do next? 5. B: It was a difficult decision, but I’m going to play for a German team. 6. B: But, before that, I want to spend some time with my family. We’re going to take a long vacation. Informally Speaking (p. 271) A: What are your plans for the weekend? B: We’re gonna go to a party. B3: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 271) 1. My sister is gonna get tickets for the game this weekend. 2. All my friends are gonna be here. 3. They’re gonna watch me play. 4. Our team is not gonna play tonight. 5. The Astros are gonna win tonight. 6. The weather is gonna be nice for our game this weekend. 7. Our game is gonna be exciting. 8. My friends and I are gonna go to dinner after the game. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 274) 1. Davis has the ball. He’s running down the field. He’s going to score! 2. I left the team last year, but I’m going to go back next season. 3. Okay, team, this year we’re going to win the championship! 4. I think the coach is going to be angry with us. We didn’t play well. 5. The coach called. The team isn't going to practice this afternoon. 6. They won the championship last year, but they aren’t going to win again. Look at heir

record. 7. I’m going to run 25 miles a week so I can get ready for the race. 8. We’re going to have a big party on campus when the season is over.


CHAPTER 18 A2: (p. 280) Please refer to the advertisement in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 284) 1. A: I’m going to buy myself an exercise bike. 2. B: Why? You’ll spend a lot of money on the bike. 3. B: But you won’t use it. 4. A: I’ll use an exercise bike. 5. A: I’m going to ride at least two miles a day. 6. B: Well, I don’t believe you. Informally Speaking (p. 285) A: Don’t worry. Jenny’ll be great with the kids. B4: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 285) 1. Use our lotion today and your skin’ll feel softer. 2. Some of my friends’ll believe anything. 3. Oh no! What’ll your parents say? 4. The cold weather’ll end tomorrow. 5. Who’ll be the winner? You decide! Send your vote by e-mail. 6. Use this product and your teeth’ll be incredibly white! C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 287) 1. Don’t be angry. I’ll give you the money on Friday. 2. The Smiths won’t arrive on time. They never do. 3. Hmm. I think I’ll have a hamburger and French fries. 4. She’ll let me take the test again. I’m fairly certain. 5. We’ll probably see them at the party on Saturday. 6. I’ll be very careful with your new car. 7. I have an idea. I’ll get four tickets and we can all go together! 8. I’m sorry. I’ll never be late again.


CHAPTER 19 A2: (pp. 294–295) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 297) 1. A: Hurry up, Kim. We might miss our flight. 2. B: Don’t worry! We have plenty of time. 3. A: Well, there may be a line at check in. 4. B: It only takes 30 minutes to get to the airport. Our flight doesn’t leave for five hours. 5. A: I don’t want to rush later on. I may not remember everything. 6. B: You have a lot of stuff. Did you weigh your suitcases? They might be too heavy! 7. A: No problem. They are fine. In fact, this one is light. 8. B: OK, so let’s pack the car. The big suitcase might not fit so easily. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 300) 1. A: My plane ticket… Oh no! It’s not here . I lost it! 2. B: Look. It might be in your pocket. 3. A: You’re right. Here it is. 4. A: It doesn’t matter. This is going to be a terrible vacation. I know it . 5. B: That’s not true. You might have a good time. 6. B: Hawaii is beautiful. 7. A: I’ll hate it. I’m sure. 8. B: You may meet some interesting people.


CHAPTER 20 A2: (p. 306) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book.

B1: Listening for Form (p. 310) A: My brother is really smart. He’s only six and he can read the newspaper. B: Well, my cousin Sara is smart, too. She’s 16 years old, and she just graduated from college. She can speak five languages. She could read at the age of three, AND she could do high school math in elementary school. A: Wow! Some people can’t do elementary school math in high school! B: Life isn’t always easy for Sara. She can talk to professors, but she can’t talk to other teenagers. She doesn’t know what to say to them. She couldn’t be in class with kids her own age, so she never had many friends. A: Was she lonely? B: Yes. She could read and talk to adults, but she couldn’t be just a kid. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 313) 1. John is a great skier. He skis every weekend. 2. Sshh, please be quiet. I’m trying to listen. 3. John Wayne died many years ago. He was a wonderful actor. 4. Marta and Paul are in Tokyo. They’re lost, and all the signs are in Japanese. 5. Holly didn’t have any sugar or eggs in the house this morning. 6. In college Mike went to bed after 2 A.M. He was always late for morning classes. Nowadays he goes to bed early. He’s never late for work. 7. Let’s play a song. I’ll get my guitar. You play the piano. 8. I left my glasses at home. I had a problem in class this morning.


CHAPTER 21 A2 (pp. 318–319) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 322) 1. Excuse me, miss. Would you help me? 2. Doctor, can I go swimming? 3. Would you turn on the light, please? 4. May I see her now? 5. Can you explain this to me? 6. Where can I try this on? 7. Could you change the channel? 8. Will you help me tomorrow? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 326) 1. Could I borrow your tape recorder? 2. Could you close the window, please? 3. May I please use the computer now? 4. Can we eat in the living room, please? 5. Would you walk the dog for me? 6. Could I speak to Lynn, please?


CHAPTER 22 A2: (pp. 332–333) Please refer to the quiz in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 336) 1. A: Are you going to take the job at the bank? B: I’m not sure. I don’t have to decide until tomorrow. 2. A: I feel sick. Should I go home? B: I think so. 3. A: What time do we have to leave? B: At 6:00. The concert is at 7:00. 4. A: The sign says you must not take dishes from the cafeteria. B: Oh, OK. I’ll ask for a carry-out bag. 5. A: Are we going to go soon? B: Yes. We have to be there by 10:00. 6. A: I’m thirsty. Let’s have a cup of coffee. B: You shouldn’t drink coffee when you’re thirsty! C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 339) 1. Parents should always listen to their children. 2. Applicants for a learners’ permit must be 15 years old. 3. People should drive carefully. 4. You don’t have to knock. Just walk right in. 5. You really shouldn’t leave assignments until the last minute. 6. You must not tell anyone about this. It’s a secret! 7. I always have to help him with his homework. 8. The students at this college don’t have to register for classes in person.


CHAPTER 23 A2: (pp. 346-347) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 349) 1. Mark and I had a picnic on the Fourth of July. We called our friends Jack and Lisa and invited them to the picnic. 2. Jack is a great cook. He helped us with the food. He made potato salad. 3. The potato salad was fantastic. Everyone liked it. 4. Lisa made an excellent chocolate cake. We all complimented her. 5. Mark ate all of the cake, so we teased him! 6. It was a great day. Holidays and friends always make me happy! C1: Listening for Form (p. 352) 1. In the United States, many people celebrate Christmas. 2. They buy gifts for their friends and family. 3. A lot of people also cook their guests special foods. 4. Many children bake Christmas cookies. 5. A lot of families decorate their homes before the holidays. 6. Santa Claus brings children toys. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 355) 1. I invited Sally to dinner. 2. I gave my phone number to her. 3. I cooked a special meal for her. 4. I even baked her a cake. 5. I expected Sally at 6:00. 6. I waited until 9:00. Then I left a telephone message for her. 7. I like Sally a lot. . . . 8. But I won't make her dinner again!


CHAPTER 24 A2: (p. 360) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 363) 1. I decided to go to Thailand on my last vacation. 2. I planned to see the temples in Bangkok. 3. But I also wanted to experience Thai culture. 4. I love trying new food. 5. I generally avoid eating spicy food, but Thai food is just right. 6. I expected to have a great time, and I did. 7. I tried speaking Thai, but no one understood me. 8. Everyone was very friendly. I really enjoyed traveling in Thailand. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 367) 1. Susan hates to clean her house. 2. Josh doesn’t like to get up early. 3. Holly doesn’t enjoy parties. 4. Rob doesn’t like working on Saturdays. 5. We don’t like working late. 6. Derek hates to take tests.


CHAPTER 25 A2 (p. 374) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 378) 1. Obviously, a laptop computer is a lot smaller than a desktop computer. 2. And a desktop computer has a bigger screen. 3. The desktop also has a larger keyboard. 4. Actually, a lot of people feel more comfortable with a desktop computer. 5. Most people type better on a desktop computer. 6. Of course, a laptop is more convenient. 7. It’s lighter… 8. … so it’s easier to carry. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 381) 1. The temperature today is 90. The temperature yesterday was 80. Is today hotter than yesterday was? 2. Tyrone types 45 words a minute. Tamika types 62 words a minute. Who types more slowly? 3. Jack got an A on the test. Paul got a B. Who got a better grade? 4. Brad made five mistakes on his homework. Sasha made three mistakes. Who did the homework more accurately? 5. Two people can ride in a sports car. Five people can ride in an SUV. Which car is bigger? 6. Keiko’s temperature is high. It’s one-hundred and one degrees, but Koji’s temperature is normal. Who probably feels worse? 7. Almost everyone failed Mr. Ryan’s English test. Almost everyone passed Mr. Larkin’s English test. Which test was more difficult? 8. You can use a typewriter to write letters and reports. You can use a computer to write letters and reports, do math, draw, and send messages. Which machine is less useful?


CHAPTER 26 A2 (p. 386) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 390) 1. English is not the most common first language in the world to learn. 2. For example, Mandarin Chinese is a more common first language than English. 3. Today, however, English is the most popular second language in many non-English speaking countries. 4. This was not always true. A hundred years ago French was more popular than English. 5. It was the most common second language in the world. 6. Many people think that English is easier than other languages like Korean or Japanese. 7. This may be one reason why English is more popular than other languages 8. But really, it is impossible to tell which language is the most difficult in the world. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 393) 1. A: Where are you going to go to college next year? B: I don’t know. I’m thinking about Lighthouse University, Westbrook College,

and Cranberry University. A: You should go to Lighthouse University. It has the best reputation. 2. B: I know, but it’s also the most expensive. My parents want me to go to Cranberry

University because it’s the cheapest. 3. B. And it’s the closest to home. 4. B: And I can get in the most easily. 5. A: What about Westbrook College? B: Well, Cranberry has the most comfortable dorms. 6. A: That’s important. But I think Lighthouse University has the most famous

professors. 7. B: Yeah, but the students aren’t very friendly. The students at Westbrook are the

friendliest. 8. B: And its campus is the most beautiful.


CHAPTER 1 A2 (p. 4) Please refer to the geography quiz in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 8) Many people in Hawaii live in two different worlds—the world of traditional Hawaiian culture and the world of modern American culture. Keenan Kanaeholo is a typical Hawaiian. He lives on the island of Oahu. Like many Hawaiians, Keenan speaks two languages. At home he and his family don’t speak English. They talk to each other in Hawaiian. Keenan works in a large hotel. At work he speaks English. Keenan’s wife, Emeha, doesn’t work in the hotel. She teaches at an elementary school. Both Keenan and Emeha like to dance. They go to discos on the weekends. Emeha also knows the hula, but Keenan doesn’t. B3: Pronouncing Verbs Ending in -s or -es (p. 9) 1. lives 2. practices 3. works 4. closes 5. arranges 6. tells C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 12) 1. Professional ice-skaters like myself spend many hours practicing. 2. usually get up at three o’clock in the morning so I can go to the ice rink and practice. 3. Most people are usually asleep at three in the morning! 4. After I practice ice-skating, I go to school. 5. I study until six every evening. Then I have dinner and go to bed. 6. Most teenagers visit with their friends after school. They generally have a lot of free time—

that is, if they aren’t professional ice-skaters!


CHAPTER 2 A2 (p. 18) Please refer to the leaflet in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 20) 1. Don’t leave. It’s early. 2. Turn right at the corner. 3. Don’t study in the kitchen. 4. Come home before dinner. 5. Don’t be angry with me, please. 6. Please turn off the light. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 23) 1. A: Alex, please help me finish this report. I don’t know what to write. B: I’m sorry, but I’m too busy today. Ask Mark. He’s great at that kind of thing. 2. A: Don’t forget your résumé. B: Oh! Please hand it to me. Thanks. A: Sure. Call me after the interview, dear. And don’t worry! I’m sure they’ll hire you! 3. A: Excuse me, sir, can you please tell me where the nearest bank is?

B: Uh, let’s see . . . Turn right at the corner and then walk west for three blocks. Cross the street and you’ll see it on your left.

A: Thanks! 4. A: Do you need anything else, Ms. Fields? B: Yes, Jane, cancel my meeting with Mr. Gordon and please tell Bob I need to speak with

him immediately. 5. A: Here, you hold my briefcase, and I’ll get the car. B: Oh, wait! Get my bag, Eric. It’s on the table. A: All right. Now hurry up. We’re already late! 6. A: Come on! We’re late! B: I’m coming. Wait for me in the car. A: Okay, but don’t be long. The movie starts in 15 minutes.


CHAPTER 3 A2 (p. 30) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 34) 1. We aren’t living in Texas anymore. 2. I am trying to study for the test. 3. Steve and Julie are not meeting with the boss. I am. 4. Julie is sleeping upstairs. 5. He isn’t working in California now. 6. I am not cooking dinner tonight! C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 38) 1. We are now climbing to 35,000 feet. We are traveling at a speed of about 600 miles per hour. 2. Ladies and gentlemen, we are currently serving food and beverages in the dining car at the

back of the train. 3. Flight 220 to Pittsburgh is now boarding at Gate 17. 4. We are now closing. Please make your final selections and take your purchases to the

counter. 5. Davis has the ball. He’s moving down the field. Schmidt is chasing him. He’s trying to get

the ball away. Now Davis is shooting! Goal! England wins! The crowd is going crazy! 6. Ladies and gentlemen, we are now leaving the Port of New York. We hope you have a

pleasant vacation with Sunshine Cruises.


CHAPTER 4 A2 (p. 48) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 52) 1. Dan invited us to the movies. 2. They didn’t go to the hockey game. 3. She found 20 dollars on the street. 4. They didn’t close the store at nine. 5. I went to work by car every day last week. 6. He played baseball for the New York Mets. 7. You got a haircut! It looks great! 8. We ate chocolate cake at the restaurant. B3: Pronouncing Verbs Ending in -ed (p. 53) 1. waited 2. walked 3. rained 4. played 5. coughed 6. decided 7. jumped 8. answered Informally Speaking (p. 56) A: “Didja” forget my birthday? It was Saturday. B: Oh, no! I’m really sorry! B7: Understanding Spoken Language (p. 56) 1. A: Didja go to the party? B: Yes, I did. A: Didja have a good time? B: Yes, but today I’m very tired. 2. A: Didja eat lunch yet? B: Yes, I did. A: What didja have? B: A burger and fries. 3. A: Didja stay home last night? B: No, I went to a movie.


A: Didja like it? A: No, it wasn’t very good. 4. A: Why didja work so late? B: My boss needed help on a report. A: Didja finish it? B: Yes, it wasn’t difficult. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 58) 1. A: Why weren’t you at work yesterday? B: My grandmother died over the weekend. A: Oh, I’m sorry. 2. A: Mom, it’s raining! Could you drive me to the university? B: No, I can’t. Take an umbrella. When I was your age, I walked to school every day. A: But these days no one walks when the weather is bad! 3. A: Did you see Kedra when you were in Philadelphia last week? B: Yes, I did. In fact, we had dinner together every evening. A: So how is she doing? 4. A: Where did you get that great dress? B: Oh, it’s old. I bought it years ago. A: Well, you look great! 5. A: Did your mother have an exciting time in college? B: Yes, she took part in protests during the late 1960s and early ’70s. 6. A: Does your grandfather speak French? B: Yes, he studied French for several years in high school and college. D1: Listening for Form (p. 63) 1. They used to live next door to me. 2. We didn’t use to eat out so much. 3. Did you use to exercise every day? 4. People used to be a lot more patient. 5. Why did he use to go there? 6. Who used to be your doctor? 7. She didn’t use to call us so often. 8. What building used to be here? E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 66) 1. I used to live alone.


2. Our house used to be smaller. 3. We used to be good friends. 4. My husband used to cook dinner every night. 5. My children never used to enjoy school. 6. My family didn’t use to help around the house. 7. My son Paul used to be afraid of dogs. 8. My husband and I used to want a lot of children.


CHAPTER 5 A2 (p. 70) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 73) 1. We were living in Texas at the time. 2. It wasn’t raining yesterday. 3. They were leaving the house. 4. The cars weren’t going very fast. 5. Where were they going? 6. Why was he crying? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 77) 1. I lived in Japan for the first twenty years of my life. 2. Last summer I was living at the beach and writing a book. 3. Last weekend my father and I were painting our house. My father got angry because I spilled

a bucket of paint on the carpet. Then the dog stepped in it and made a mess! 4. My air conditioner was broken for a long time, but I fixed it last month. 5. I wrote a ten-page paper last night and gave it to my teacher this morning. 6. I was taking flying lessons with a friend on Saturday morning. I was having a great time, but

he was really nervous. D1: Listening for Form (p. 81) 1. Some people left town before the storm began. 2. The weather forecaster warned us about the storm before it hit. 3. After the people left, the tornado hit the house. 4. When the storm began, we went into the basement. 5. The river overflowed when it rained. 6. The sky was beautiful after the storm ended. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 84) 1. A: I’m sorry, Professor, I didn’t finish my essay. B: Hmm. Why not? A: While I was writing it, the lights went out. B: Do you really expect me to believe that? 2. A: Did you have a good time at Josh’s party last night? B: No. I was helping him in the kitchen while all our friends were dancing! A: That’s too bad! 3. A: Where were you yesterday afternoon?

Grammar Sense 2 Tapescript Chapter 5

1

B: I had a lot to do. After I helped my brother fix his car, I went to the grocery store for my mother.

4. A: How did you hurt yourself? B: At football practice. I was running down the field when I fell and twisted my ankle. A: Try to be more careful next time! 5. A: Oh, no! I failed my chemistry test! I’m never going to finish my college science

requirement. B: You just don’t study enough. Last weekend you were watching television while all of

us were studying. A: That’s not true! 6. A: Why didn’t you call me last night? B: didn’t feel well. After I got home, I had dinner and went straight to bed.


2

CHAPTER 6 A2 (p. 90) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 94) 1. I have worked here for three years. 2. We haven’t seen Yuji since August. 3. I’m sorry. Mr. O’ Neill has left for the day. 4. Our class hasn’t taken the exam yet. 5. It has rained every day this week! 6. Don’t leave yet. You haven’t eaten your breakfast. Informally Speaking (p. 95) A: Wow . . . Mark’s changed a lot! B: He’s gotten his hair cut. He looks great! B3: Understanding Spoken Language (p. 95) 1. John’s been here for a long time. 2. Kedra and Rick’ve seen the movie already. 3. Paul’s bought a new racing bicycle. 4. The guests’ve gone home. 5. The police’ve arrested the thief. 6. Where’s she been? 7. Fresno’s grown bigger since the 1930s. 8. Why’s it taken so long? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 98) 1. Elena has been a teacher here for ten years. She’s always taught science, and this year she’s

teaching Russian, too. 2. Bob was a repair man here for ten years. He knew how to fix everything in the building. 3. I’ve loved pizza since I was a child. It’s still my favorite food. 4. I hated vegetables when I was a child. I never ate them. Now I love them. 5. Silvio worked in an office last year, but he didn’t like his job. He left after only eight months. 6. Susan has worked for a television broadcasting company since March. She’s learning all

about news reporting. 7. I lived in Berlin for a year. I had a really great time there and met lots of interesting people. 8. I’ve lived in Paris for two years, and I’m still discovering new places. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 101) 1. Ming-woo has been to my house many times.


1

2. Donna and her family have often invited me to dinner. 3. They built that hotel a hundred years ago. 4. I’ve seen that old movie several times. 5. We met ten years ago. 6. She’s seen the film several times. 7. He started to drive in 1996. 8. He’s won five gold medals. 9. He’s changed a lot in the last few years. 10. They lost a lot of money in the stock market last year.


2

CHAPTER 7 A2 (p. 112) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 116) 1. She’s going to start school next year. 2. We’re not going home tonight. The airline canceled our flight. 3. Where is he going tonight? 4. Take your umbrella. It’s going to rain. 5. Are you going to watch TV tonight? 6. They hate that hotel so they’re not going to stay there again. 7. We’re going on vacation tomorrow. 8. I’m not going to the office next week. I’m on vacation. 9. Study hard, or you’re going to fail the test. 10. I’m really excited! I’m going on a business trip to Brazil next month. Informally Speaking (p. 118) A: Are you gonna see Mary tonight? B: No, I’m gonna study. I have a lot of homework. Exercise B5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 118) 1. We're gonna make dinner soon. 2. I'm gonna go to the beach. 3. We’re not gonna see him in Seattle. 4. Our class is gonna meet next Wednesday. 5. The store is gonna close in five minutes. 6. Mark’s gonna study at Lincoln University. 7. The children aren’t gonna be happy about this. 8. They're gonna take the test tomorrow. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 120) 1. I think she’s going to get an A on the math test. 2. We’re going to the football game tomorrow. 3. She’s having dinner with Rick tonight. 4. You’re going to love this movie! 5. She’s going to be angry when she sees you here. 6. They’re taking the three o’clock train to Vancouver tomorrow. 7. I don’t think she’s going to turn in her paper on time. 8. I’m going to study for the exam after dinner tonight.


1

D1: Listening for Form (p. 126) 1. They’re not going to finish on time. 2. We’ll leave after the show. 3. I’m going to visit her tomorrow. 4. They’re having a party this weekend. 5. Where are you going on your vacation? 6. Will you be home on Saturday? 7. I’ll help you paint the house this weekend. 8. We aren’t going to see them next week. Informally Speaking (p. 129) A: Who’ll pick up the kids from school? B: I will. My boss’ll let me leave early.

D5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 129) 1. What’ll you say to him tonight? 2. When’ll Tony be home? 3. The students’ll need paper and pencils for the test. 4. Who’ll help me carry these bags? 5. Amy’ll help you with your homework. 6. After the test, the teacher’ll grade our papers. 7. John’ll get the job. He’s so qualified. 8. The game’ll be over at ten o’clock. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 131) 1. In 20 years there won’t be enough gasoline for all of the cars. 2. Don’t get up. I’ll close the window for you. 3. Don’t worry. I’ll call you as soon as I get home. 4. I’m bored. I think I’ll go see a movie. 5. Don’t go out without your coat! You’ll get sick. 6. I’ll lend you the money. I told you that yesterday.


2

CHAPTER 8 A2 (p. 138) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 142) 1. When I see Elena, I’ll give her the message. 2. We’ll need more time if the test is very difficult. 3. Marcus and Maria will go to Budapest after they visit Prague. 4. She’ll call us when she gets here. 5. You’ll meet him if you go to the party. 6. If Matt gets a loan from the bank, he’ll buy a new car. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 144) 1. I’ll look for a job before I graduate. 2. Before he gets here, we’ll make dinner. 3. We’ll go to the park after we go to the museum. 4. I’ll call you after they leave. 5. Before I clean the house, I’ll go shopping. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 147) 1. A: Are you going to see Amy tonight? B: I think so. We might go to a movie. If we do, I’ll call you. 2. A: I’m going to the store later today. Do you want anything? B: When you go, could you buy some ice cream? 3. A: What are you going to do this weekend? B: I’m not sure. If it snows, we’ll go skiing. 4. A: Your trip to Mexico sounds like it will be great! B: Yes, but the airlines are on strike. If the strike continues, I won’t be able to go. 5. A: Has Mark asked Celia to marry him yet? B: No, not yet. But when he asks her, she’ll say yes. 6. A: Is Jake going to rent the apartment? B: Well, if he doesn’t find a roommate, he won’t.


1

CHAPTER 9 A2 (p. 156) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 160) Michael is blind. He can’t see. He can do amazing things, however. He lives in Chicago, and he can walk around the city alone. Of course, he can’t read the street signs, so sometimes he asks for help. After he has been somewhere with a friend, he can go there again by himself. Michael is good at sports, too. He’s the best player on his bowling team, even though he can’t see the bowling pins. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 164) 1. I can’t go today, but I can go tomorrow. 2. The children can play outside. 3. We could see the mountains from our hotel room. 4. She can play tennis very well. 5. The weather was cold, so they couldn’t swim. 6. After the accident, she couldn’t walk. D1: Listening for Form (p. 168) 1. A: What will you do when you finish college? B: I might look for a job, or I may go to graduate school instead. 2. A: The traffic is moving very slowly. We won’t get to the theater on time. B: We might. We still have plenty of time. 3. A: When is the package arriving? B: It could be here tomorrow, or it might not arrive until the next day. 4. A: Will there be many people at the meeting? B: I don’t know. There may be just a few of us. 5. A: What do you think? Is it going to snow tonight? B: Well, according to the weather report, there could be a lot of snow, but the storm might

not hit us at all. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 171) A: Let’s talk about our trip. We need to make some decisions about what we want to see. B: I want to see everything. A: I know, but we won’t be able to see everything. That’s impossible. B: Well, we’re going to visit Disney World, right?


1

A: Of course we are! While we’re there, we could also spend a day at the Epcot Center. People say that it’s interesting.

B: We could do that, but we might not want to spend the time. I really want to go to Cape Canaveral.

A: Is that the place where they launch rockets? B: That’s right. A: We’ll go there for sure. B: Okay, so we’ll go to Disney World and to Cape Canaveral, and we might go to Epcot Center.

Where else could we go? A: Well, we could go to the beach. Florida is famous for its beaches. B: How about Miami Beach? That’s supposed to be really nice. A: It’s nice, but it’s about four hours away. B: That doesn’t matter, because I really want to go to the Everglades. I’ve never seen an

alligator. Aren’t the Everglades near Miami? A: Yes, they are. Okay. We’ll go to Miami Beach and to the Everglades. Is there anything else

you want to see? B: I really want to go to Key West. I hear it’s a beautiful island off the coast. A: We might be able to go, but we might not have time. We’ll see.


2

CHAPTER 10 A2 (p. 178) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 183) 1. A: Kevin, will you start dinner? I’m going shopping. B: Hmm . . . Could you get some chocolate ice cream? A: I’d rather not buy more ice cream. You know we’re both on a diet. 2. A: May I speak with Mrs. Thompson, please? B: No, I’m sorry. She’s in a meeting. Could you call back in an hour? 3. A: Would you like a cup of coffee? B: No, thanks. I’d prefer a cup of tea. 4. A: I’d like to go to the beach with my friends this weekend, but I don’t have any money.

Can I borrow $50? B: No, you can’t. You already owe me $100!

C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 187) 1. A: Will you help me carry these groceries into the house? B: Sure. So, what’s for dinner? 2. A: Would you please look at my report and tell me if I’ve used the correct information? B: Certainly. Just put it on my desk and I’ll look at it after lunch. 3. A: Can you give me a ride to Jake’s party? B: I’m sorry, but I can’t. I’ve decided not to go to the party. 4. A: Will you walk the dog? I’m in the middle of cooking dinner, and I think he needs to go

out now. B: Sure. No problem. I want to go for a run before dinner anyway. 5. A: I’m having trouble finding that book you assigned us. Could you please lend me a

copy? B: I’m sorry, but I don’t have an extra copy. Have you checked in the main library? 6. A: Excuse me, could you tell me the time, please? B: Of course. It’s 9:25. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 191) 1. A: Can I borrow your geography book? B: No problem, but don’t lose it!


1

2. A: Could I please have until Friday to finish my paper? B: No. I’m sorry, but it’s due tomorrow, just like everyone else’s. 3. A: May I park here for just a few minutes? B: I’m sorry, miss, but you can’t. The sign says “No Parking.” 4. A: Can I use the phone now? B: No way. This is important. I’ll let you know when I’m off. 5. A: May I leave a few minutes early today, or do you need me to stay for the meeting? B: You don’t need to stay for the meeting. You can go home early. 6. A: Can I go skiing with my friends this weekend? B: Absolutely not. 7. A: Could I please get in line in front of you? My train is about to leave. B: Certainly. Go right ahead. 8. A: Could I try these clothes on? B: Of course. The fitting room is over there. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 194) 1. We’d like two tickets, please. 2. I’m not doing anything now. Would you like some help? 3. I’d rather leave the party early than stay until the end. 4. I have my car today. Would you like a ride home? 5. John and I would prefer to stay in the city rather than move to the country. 6. I’ve just made a pot of coffee. Would you like some? 7. I’d like some coffee and a piece of apple pie, please. 8. The twins would prefer to have a chocolate cake for their birthday.


2

CHAPTER 11 A2 (p. 200) Please refer to the website article from the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 205) 1. You shouldn't leave until the rain stops. 2. He has to get to work early. 3. We'd better go to the library now. 4. You must not start the car with your foot on the gas. 5. They don't have to go if they don't want to. 6. She should call if she isn't coming. 7. You’ve got to get a new car, Dad! 8. What do we have to buy for the party? Informally Speaking (p. 207) A: I awda get back to the library. B: Yeah, I hafta go to class, anyway. B5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 207) Conversation 1: At Matt’s house A: It’s 9:00. We awda leave now. B: The wedding is at 10:00. We don’t hafta leave until 9:30. A: But we’ve godda be there before the guests arrive. Conversation 2: Later, at the church A: Where’s Matt? He hasta come soon! We’re getting married in 15 minutes! B: Maybe I awda call him at home. C: Don’t worry. He’ll be here. We hafta stay calm and wait. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (P. 210) 1. A: You could have a small wedding. B: You ought to have a small wedding. 2. A: You should go to Paris for your honeymoon. B: You have to go to Paris for your honeymoon! 3. A: You’d better clean your room before you go out. B: You should clean your room before you go out. 4. A: You ought to sign up for classes next week. B: You must sign up for classes next week.


1

5. A: You’d better let them know that you’ll be late. B: You could let them know that you’ll be late. 6. A: You shouldn’t play your music this loud. B: You’d better not play your music this loud. 7. A: You’ve got to do some work this weekend. B: You ought to do some work this weekend. 8. A: You should try to call her. B: You might try to call her. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 215) 1. A: I’m calling for information about getting a driver’s license. Do I have to take an eye

test? B: Yes, you must take an eye test in order to get your driver’s license. 2. A: Do I have to take the test at the Department of Motor Vehicles? B: No, you don’t have to take the test here. You can take the test at your eye doctor’s. 3. A: I’m from Italy, and I have an Italian driver’s license. Do I need a California license to

drive in California? B: Not if you are just here on vacation. If you move here you should get a California

license. 4. A: Can I pay with a credit card? B: No. You must pay in cash or with a check or money order. 5. A: I just got my learner’s permit. I don’t want to go to driving school because I have a car

I can use. Is that OK? B: Yes, that’s OK. You don’t have to go to driving school. 6. A: Can I drive alone with a learner’s permit? I don’t have anyone to practice with. B: Sorry, there must be a licensed driver in the car with you at all times. You must not

drive alone.


2

CHAPTER 12 A2 (p. 224) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 229) 1. A: You’re surprised to see me, aren’t you? B: Yes, I am. What are you doing here? 2. A: You didn’t bring an umbrella, did you? B: No, I didn’t. I didn’t think it would rain. 3. A: My father doesn’t need an operation, does he? B: Yes, I’m afraid that he does. 4. A: You can go to the movies tonight, can’t you? B: I’m sorry, but I can’t. I’ve got a lot of work to do. 5. A: There isn’t any more ice cream, is there? B: No, there’s not. Dad ate it all. 6. A: I’m not playing the music too loud, am I? B: No, you’re not. I like it. Informally Speaking (p. 230) A: Not very good, is he? B: No, he’s absolutely awful. B4: Understanding Spoken Language (p. 230) 1. Funny, aren’t they? 2. Not happily married, is she? 3. Very expensive, isn’t it? 4. Great athletes, aren’t they? 5. Not warm enough, are you? 6. Beautiful, isn’t it? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 232) 1. We spent too much money, didn’t we? 2. That’s a very expensive restaurant, isn’t it? 3. You didn’t walk here, did you? 4. He has Ms. Walker for history, doesn’t he? 5. You couldn’t watch my children for an hour, could you?


1

6. You’ve never met the Smiths, have you?


2

CHAPTER 13 A2 (p. 240) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 244) 1. Humans have rights, but animals don’t. 2. Humans can communicate in writing, but animals can’t. 3. Humans have families, and apes do too. 4. Some apes like to watch sunsets, but some don’t. 5. Not all humans are kind, and some apes aren’t either. 6. Humans can change their environment, and some animals can too. 7. Humans feel emotions, and some animals do too. 8. Humans can appreciate beauty, and some animals can too. 9. Steve doesn’t know a lot about apes, and I don’t either. 10. I think apes should have rights, but Nicole doesn’t. C1: Listening for Form (p. 248) 1. Los Angeles is a big city, and so is Chicago. 2. He didn’t need a hotel room, and neither did I. 3. February doesn’t have 31 days, and neither does April. 4. Teresa should go home, and so should you. 5. Carol can’t ski, and neither can I. 6. They’ve left, and so has she. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 251) 1. Horses sleep standing up, but cats don’t. 2. Elephants live for a long time, and so do parrots. 3. Cows are plant-eaters, and giraffes are too. 4. Tigers don’t live in groups, but gorillas do. 5. Monkeys have tails, but chimpanzees don’t. 6. Turtles aren’t warm-blooded, and snakes aren’t either. Informally Speaking (p. 252) A: I want to try bungee jumping. B: Me too! A: I’m not sure about this! B: Me neither! D3: Rephrasing Spoken Language (p. 252)


1

1. A: I didn’t like that movie. B: Me either. 2. A: We go to the beach every summer. B: Us too. 3. A: I don’t want to move to the city. B: Me neither. 4. A: We’re thinking about sending the kids to camp this summer. B: Us too. 5. A: My parents are coming to graduation. What about your parents? B: Them too. 6. A: I can walk on my hands. B: Me too. 7. A: I hear Mark got a raise. What about Gina? B: Her too. 8. A: I’m not a very good cook. What about you? B: Me neither. 9. A: I speak German. B: Her too.


2

CHAPTER 14 A2 (p. 262) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 267) A. 1. There isn’t much news at all. 2. The interviews are today. 3. I need a little information. 4. Three people called. 5. The children are noisy. 6. Milk is healthy. 7. Have a sandwich. 8. Coffee sometimes tastes weak.

B. Conversation 1 A: Do you have any news about those jobs you applied for? B: Yes. I’ve had several interviews. I’m sure I’ll get an offer, but I need some information about

the companies before I decide. Conversation 2 A: Were there many people in the park? B: There were a lot of children! I forgot that summer vacation started last week. Conversation 3 A: Would you like a glass of milk with your sandwich? B: No, thanks. I’d rather have a cup of coffee. Conversation 4 A: How much food should I buy? B: There are a lot of people coming. You should buy lots of food. Informally Speaking (p. 269) A: Well, Liz, we have “alotta” gas and “plennya” time. B: Good thing we also have “alotta” friends. B4: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 269) 1. “Lotsa” people enjoy playing golf. 2. A “fewa” my friends are coming over tonight. 3. If you’re going to Las Vegas, take “plennya” money. 4. This dishwasher uses a great “deala” hot water.


5. Are you hungry? There’s “alotta” food left over from the party. 6. There are “lotsa” lakes in Minnesota. 7. He took “alotta” classes last year. 8. We won’t be late. We have “plennya” time. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 272) 1. I can’t go. I have a lot of work to do. 2. We have little milk left. Can you stop at the store on your way home? 3. There are no cars in the parking lot. 4. I don’t have much homework to do this weekend. 5. Don’t worry. There’s plenty of food for the party. 6. I’ve got a few books on photography. Would you like to borrow one? 7. There isn’t any caffeine in this drink. 8. Our teacher gives too many tests. All I do is study! 9. I don’t have much money. Did you bring your wallet? 10. Jenny has so many friends! She’s really popular. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 277) 1. For my favorite spaghetti sauce, I use a can of tomatoes. 2. I also need a pound of ground beef. 3. For seasoning, I add some salt. 4. I usually chop several onions to cook with the ground beef. 5. Then I add a little cream. 6. This makes the right amount of sauce for a box of spaghetti. 7. I boil a gallon of water and then put the spaghetti in. 8. When the spaghetti is done, I mix it with the sauce and serve it with some bread.


CHAPTER 15 A2 (p. 282) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 285) 1. David wants to be a scientist. 2. Botany is the study of plants. 3. Many insects eat plants. 4. I can only stay for an hour. 5. Please put the books on the table. 6. Could you get me a fork, please? 7. Would you like an apple? 8. I gave the children some candy. 9. Can I borrow a pen, please? 10. There are flowers in every room. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 289) 1. I bought a little present for you. Do you want to open it? 2. The children are playing in the park. 3. We want to buy a new car. 4. Did the teacher come today? 5. I’ll be at the restaurant at seven. 6. I met a really nice man yesterday. 7. I’m going to the bank. I’ll be back in an hour. 8. There’s an interesting article in the newspaper. You should read it. 9. Do you know where the car keys are? 10. I have a meeting at 3:30. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 294) 1. Teachers don’t like grading tests. 2. The kids love dogs. We should get one. 3. A girl gave me the information. 4. The dolphin is a very intelligent animal. 5. A radio station shouldn’t have too many advertisements. 6. The doctor moved to a new hospital with better facilities.


CHAPTER 16 A2 (p. 302) Please refer to the catalog enrties in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 306) Conversation 1 A: That movie was really entertaining! B: Did we see the same movie? Sure, it had a lot of famous stars, but I thought it was boring. The man next to me was asleep during most of it. Conversation 2 A: How was the amusement park? B: Well, the kids seemed excited to be there, but I thought some of the rides were frightening. A: How long did you stay? B: We were there all day. When we left, the kids were fine, but the adults were tired and hungry. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 310) 1. The movie was very exciting. 2. Don’t take that history class. The teacher is really boring. 3. The frightening dog barked at us. 4. I was very tired after I finished teaching the class. 5. She looked surprised when she saw me at the door. 6. The class was very interested in the book. 7. It’s an amazing film. 8. The climb up the mountain was exhausting. 9. The frightened child cried for help. 10. The book was very disappointing.


CHAPTER 17 A2 (p. 318) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 322) 1. I haven’t seen Jim recently. 2. David always drives very carefully. 3. She did a careless job. 4. We have an unexpected visitor. 5. Anna read the article slowly. 6. When I talked to you this morning, you seemed angry about something. 7. We got to the theater late, but luckily there were still some tickets left. 8. I might not take my vacation this summer, but I’m certainly taking it before the end of the

year. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 326) 1. I saw her recently. 2. It hardly snowed last night. 3. He’s been coming to our meetings a lot lately. 4. We’re probably going to Mexico this summer. 5. I’m studying hard this year. 6. Some buses are arriving late. D1: Listening for Form (p. 329) 1. She cooks so well that everyone wants to eat at her house. 2. He’s very busy right now. 3. We’re such good friends that I can tell her anything. 4. The kids were having such a good time that they didn’t want to leave. 5. They were so tired that they fell asleep during the movie. 6. The test was so hard that I don’t think anyone passed. 7. She spoke so softly that I couldn’t hear her. 8. We arrived really early for the concert. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 332) 1. My neighbor plays his music so loudly that I can’t sleep at night. 2. She’s such a strong swimmer that she wins every race. 3. Wow! You got here quite fast. 4. She’s doing pretty badly in my class. 5. The lines at the supermarket were so long. 6. Gina’s somewhat young to wear makeup, isn’t she?


F1: Listening for Form (p. 336) 1. You’re too young to drive. 2. This cake is too sweet for me. 3. They don’t work hard enough at school. 4. He drives too fast, and it makes me nervous. 5. Don’t buy those sweaters. They’re too expensive. 6. He’s not tall enough to play basketball. G1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 338) 1. He’s too sloppy to help me cook for the party. 2. He didn’t do well enough to pass the course. 3. She’s well enough to leave the hospital. 4. She didn’t stay out too late.


CHAPTER 18 A2 (p. 346) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 350) 1. A: Should we take a bus to the theater? B: No, let’s go by subway. The subway will get us there more quickly than the bus will. 2. A: Does Paula’s husband still work? B: No, he’s retired. He’s older than she is. 3. A: How did you do on your test today? B: Not very well. Next time I’ll study harder. 4. A: How’s your new apartment? B: I like it. And it’s more convenient than my old one. 5. A: I need someone careful for this job. Should I have Bill do it? B: Try Barbara first. Bill’s a good worker, but she’s more careful than he is. 6. A: Would you prefer to live in a small town or a big city? B: I’m not sure. Cities are exciting. But I think people in small towns are friendlier than

people in cities. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 354) 1. A: Dan is 15 and Mike is 13. B: Who is younger? 2. A: Ana’s coat cost $40 and Rick’s cost $49. B: Which coat was less expensive? 3. A: Our team scored three goals. Their team scored five goals. B: Which team played better? 4. A: Betty got a 60 on her test. Her classmates got 80s and 90s. B: Who did worse? 5. A: Maria lives five miles from town. Frank lives three miles from town. B: Who lives closer to town? 6. A: When I take the B4 bus, I usually can’t find a seat. When I take the D2 bus, I can

always find a seat. B: Which bus is less crowded?


D1: Listening for Form (p. 357) 1. A: Do you like going to a small college? B: My college isn’t small. It’s as big as your college. 2. A: Can I read that book after you’re through reading it? B: Yes, but it’s going to take me a while to finish it. I don’t read as quickly as you do. 3. A: Don’t tell me that you’re tired already! We’ve just been hiking an hour. B: I’m not as young as you are. 4. A: How’s your new car? B: Not great. It seems to have as many problems as my old car. 5. A: How is math this year? B: It’s hard. The other kids already did this stuff. I can’t work as fast as they can. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 359) 1. A: The Atlanta Braves aren’t as good as the New York Yankees. B: According to the speaker, which baseball team is better? 2. A: Russian isn’t as difficult as Chinese. B: According to the speaker, which language is less difficult? 3. A: Carlene runs as fast as Janet. B: According to the speaker, who runs faster? 4. A: Techno computers aren’t as expensive as Quantum computers. B: According to the speaker, which computers are more expensive? 5. A: Teenage girls have as many problems as teenage boys do. B: According to the speaker, who has more problems? 6. A: Teachers work as hard as nurses. B: According to the speaker, who works harder? 7. A: Paul’s children don’t watch as much television as Bob’s children do. B: According to the speaker, whose children watch more television? 8. A: Rattlesnakes aren’t as dangerous as king cobras. B: According to the speaker, which snakes are less dangerous?


CHAPTER 19 A2 (p. 366) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 370) 1. Elephants are the largest mammals on land. 2. Dolphins seem to be the friendliest mammals in the sea. 3. Tigers hunt more silently than wolves. 4. Cheetahs are the worst climbers of all the big cats. 5. Zebras run faster than giraffes. 6. Chimpanzees are the most intelligent apes. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 374) Situation 1 A: You have three daughters. . . . Is Megan your oldest daughter? B: Yes, she is. Caitlin’s the youngest. And poor Alison is stuck in the middle. Situation 2 A: Is there a restaurant nearby? B: Well, Sun Palace is the nearest restaurant, but it’s not so good. Isabelle’s is farther, but it’s

better. Or you could try Seaview. It’s the farthest of the three, but it’s the best. Situation 3 A: We need one more person for the basketball team. Who looked the best in the practice game? B: I’m not sure. Pete made the most baskets. But Tom made more baskets than a lot of the boys,

and on defense he played the best of all. I thought Ed would be good, but he made the fewest baskets.


CHAPTER 20 A2. (page 382) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 385) 1. Shopping is my favorite activity. I could do it all the time! 2. We started saving money a few years ago. We want to buy a house. 3. We don’t see Dana much these days. She’s working two jobs. 4. Dan likes eating in expensive restaurants. I don’t know how he can afford it. 5. I avoid buying clothes that aren’t on sale. 6. We’ll be here all summer. We’re not taking a vacation this year. 7. Not having my car is very inconvenient. I hope I get it back from the mechanic soon. 8. I’m spending more money these days. Everything seems to cost more. C1: Listening for Form (p. 388) 1. Are you interested in going to a movie tonight? 2. You should drink tea instead of drinking coffee. 3. John is talking about quitting his job. 4. I’m looking forward to taking Mr. Johnson’s class. 5. I’m tired of watching TV. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 390) 1. I hate taking tests first thing in the morning. 2. You can probably find cheaper plane fares by looking on the Internet. 3. Would you mind holding the door for me? 4. You can pay for many of your expenses by getting a part-time job. 5. I don’t mind living alone. 6. You can lose weight by eating less and exercising more.


CHAPTER 21 A2 (p. 396) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 400) 1. I want to go to the movies tonight. 2. You’ll need scissors to open this envelope. 3. They want a new car, too, but they can’t afford one. 4. Let’s go to the mall today. 5. He promised not to come back until next week. 6. She has gone to France many times. 7. It can be difficult to say good-bye to good friends. 8. To be there by 6:00, you should get up at four. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 403) 1. They hate to go to the mall on the weekends. 2. We left home early in order to avoid the traffic. 3. He loves to hike in the mountains. 4. We went to the train station to say good-bye to them. 5. She doesn’t like to drive on icy roads. 6. She really wants to go to Europe this summer. 7. He phoned her to see if she was all right. 8. He took a conversation course to improve his speaking skills. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 406) 1. A: We stopped to talk. B: We stopped talking. 2. A: He likes to dance. B: He likes dancing. 3. A: I remembered to write down the number. B: I remembered writing down the number. 4. A: We hated to go to school. B: We hated going to school. 5. A: Did you forget to give him money? B: Did you forget giving him money? 6. A: They’ve started to take English classes. B: They’ve started taking English classes.


CHAPTER 22 A2 (p. 412) Please refer to the website article from the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 416) 1. Did you remember to take out the garbage? 2. He wants to be a doctor when he grows up. 3. My pen ran out of ink, so I had to borrow one from my friend. 4. I always look up words in the dictionary when I do my homework. 5. I give up. I can’t do this math problem. 6. He made out a check for $20. 7. Please turn off that light. 8. He doesn’t get along with his boss. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 419) 1. Take off your coat and have a seat. 2. I’m going to take off early today. 3. School is going to let out at 3:00. 4. This skirt’s too tight; I need to let it out. 5. I’m busy on Friday, so I have to turn down the invitation. 6. I can’t hear a word you’re saying; you’ll have to turn down that radio. 7. I’m feeling much better since I started to work out. 8. Don’t worry. Everything will work out fine. 9. Kristen will be happy if she and her best friend make up. 10. If you don’t want to go to the meeting, just make up some excuse. 11. I hurt my back last week, and I can’t pick up anything over five pounds. 12. Did you pick up any Japanese expressions when you were in Tokyo last year?


CHAPTER 1 A2: (pp. 4-5) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 8) 1. Are you eating enough? 2. Are you getting enough sleep? 3. Do you have many new friends? 4. Are your friends studying English, too? 5. Do you have a lot of homework? 6. Do your classes meet every day? 7. Does your roommate speak Korean? 8. Is it raining there today? Informally Speaking (p. 11) A: You feeling OK? B: No. I have a headache. You have any aspirin? B5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 11) 1. Feeling tired in the morning? Maybe you need a new mattress. Stop in at Sleep World

for the answer to all your dreams. 2. Need a vacation? We have great deals at Star Travel. Call us today! 3. Having car problems again? Call Smith Auto Works. We’re the best in town! 4. Doing it yourself? Let us help you at Stone Hardware. We have all the tools you need. 5. Have any old clothes in your closets? Donate them to the Youth Center Rummage

Sale. Clean out your closets and help our kids at the same time. 6. Like to shop late? Then Norton’s is for you. We’re the only grocery store in town

open twenty-four hours every day! 7. Working too hard? We have great weekend getaways. Call Travel Time for the best

deals on many fares. 8. Need a house sitter? Well, look no further. We’ll clean your house for you and watch

it while you’re away. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 14) 1. What are you doing? 2. That story is unbelievable. Are you kidding? 3. What do you do? 4. What happens at the end of the movie? 5. Do you drink coffee at night? 6. What does “nap” mean? 7. Is Amir talking on the phone again?


8. Are you working hard these days? D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 19) 1. Jennifer feels sick today. Her throat itches and she has a fever. 2. Mr. Silva walks to work. He stops for coffee on the way. He carries his briefcase in

one hand and his coffee in the other—and he tries not to spill it. 3. Dinner costs a lot at Joe’s Restaurant, but it includes four courses. Lunch is cheaper.

There are always at least two specials. Everything tastes fresh, and it smells so good. 4. A: Do you hear music? B: Yes, I think the radio is on. 5. Ms. Wilson’s kindergarten class is behaving strangely today. Two children are

running around the room, one boy is crying, and two others are yelling very loudly. 6. A: I can’t see that sign. I’m nearsighted, and I don’t have my glasses. B: Well, I don’t see very well without my glasses either, but I’m farsighted. I need

my glasses for things that are close. Informally Speaking (p. 22) A: Do you like the movie? B: I’m loving it! A: You’re kidding! I’m just hating it! D6: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 22) 1. I’m liking my apartment more and more each day! 2. I’m hating this new television show! 3. We’re just loving the beautiful weather! 4. She’s really disliking this trip! 5. I’m loving this movie! 6. I’m really liking my new job!


CHAPTER 2 A2: (pp. 28-29) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 32) Where were you when the lights went out this morning? That’s the question everyone is asking today. Early this morning, a construction crew was working on 33rd Street while people across the city were going to work. At 8:29 A.M., a simple mistake by the construction crew caused a blackout that cut off power to almost a million people. The blackout forced airports to send incoming flights elsewhere. But according to one report, an Alaskan jet liner was landing just when the power in the control tower failed. After the jet lost contact with the tower, the pilot landed the plane himself with no problems. The mayor declared a state of emergency. Fortunately, no major accidents or injuries occurred, and the power returned after six hours and twenty minutes, at 2:49 this afternoon. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 36) 1. The professor was writing a book of poetry. He was looking for an editor to help him.

When he met an experienced editor at a party, he hired her immediately. 2. Sam was eating dinner when he heard the terrible news on the radio. He finished his

dinner quickly and left. 3. Vera was taking a bath, and the children were asleep. It was a peaceful evening. 4. I called Roger, but he couldn’t talk to me. He was painting his kitchen. It took him all

day, but it came out great. 5. Jill was baking a cake for her boyfriend’s surprise party. When he suddenly walked

into the kitchen, she didn’t know what to say. 6. Jane was writing a letter in the library yesterday. She seemed so sad when she mailed

it on her way out. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 43) 1. When I went home, I opened the mail. 2. After I played tennis, I took a shower. 3. The phone rang while I was fixing the bathroom sink. 4. She came home before it started to rain. 5. While I was waiting for John, I saw Erica. 6. The water ran out when I opened the drain. 7. After I called the operator, she connected me with Bogotá. 8. When I shouted, she turned around.



CHAPTER 3 A2: (pp. 50-51) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 54) 1. Don’t worry about me. I’ll call you as soon as I get home. 2. It’s not going to rain this afternoon. Look at the sky. 3. The movie starts in five minutes. You still have time to get a drink. 4. We’ll be cruising at an altitude of 30,000 feet. We expect a smooth flight, so sit back

and relax. 5. We’re leaving early tomorrow morning. Can you walk the dog when you get up? 6. They’re going to send a lot of work to us tomorrow. Let’s get ready for it. 7. I can’t come on Saturday. John will be arriving at noon, and I have to pick him up. 8. Are you going skiing this weekend? I’d like to join you. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 59) 1. I invited Jill to see our apartment. 2. The door is stuck! 3. Oh, no! The oven’s broken. 4. I’m sorry I didn’t finish the report today. 5. No one can come to the phone right now. Please leave your name and number. 6. The fax machine is out of paper. 7. Excuse me. My car just broke down. 8. Just imagine, next week at this time . . . D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 63) 1. Look. It’s going to rain. Look. It’s raining. 2. We’re going to have a party for my aunt’s fortieth birthday next week. We’re having a party for my aunt’s fortieth birthday next week. 3. I think our team is going to win the tournament. I think our team is winning the tournament. 4. I go to sleep early. I’m going to sleep early. 5. I’m going to take a trip this summer with the money I’ve saved. I’m taking a trip this summer with the money I’ve saved. 6. We’re leaving before dawn. All the plans are made. We leave before dawn. All the plans are made. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 67) 1. Nina, look out!


2. This recorded announcement will not be repeated. Please hold. 3. Bob, I can’t answer the phone. My hands are covered with paint. 4. Why are you turning off the TV? 5. Would someone please help me with the dishes? 6. Let’s hurry up. The sky is dark, and I hear some thunder. 7. Can I have a drink of water? 8. What are your summer plans?


CHAPTER 4 A2: (pp. 78-79) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 81) 1. He’s won the race. 2. They called their senator in Washington. 3. Who’s read the book over there? 4. Where’s the team playing this week? 5. She’s worried about her father. 6. Who’s gone fishing? 7. You’ve bought all of the equipment already. 8. We looked up his telephone number. Informally Speaking (p. 84) A: Seen any good movies lately? B: Yes, as a matter of fact. Last night I saw that new Japanese movie. B5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 84) 1. Heard any good jokes lately? 2. You taken your vacation yet? 3. Been to the beach yet this summer? 4. Eaten at that new restaurant yet? 5. She left yet? 6. You seen my keys? 7. You done any programming? 8. He called you lately? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 86) 1. How many times have you seen that movie? 2. Have you ever won a prize? 3. Has the number 29 bus come yet? 4. Have you been to Tokyo? 5. Have you finished the assignment yet? 6. What have you done so far? D1: Listening for Meaning and Use, A (p. 89) 1. Have you noticed a change in students’ attitudes lately? 2. The captain has turned off the seat belt sign. 3. We’ve known each other for such a long time. We’re almost like sisters.


4. People have studied the universe since ancient times. 5. We have a late-breaking news report. The governor has just declared a state of

emergency. 6. I hear the mail carrier. I think the mail has arrived. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use, B (p. 90) 1. A: Mary came to class at 10 A.M. She’s been in class for one hour. B: What time is it? 2. A: It’s 5 P.M. and the repairman still hasn’t called. Our printer broke this morning. B: How long has the printer been broken? 3. A: Jennifer arrived exactly on time for her two o’clock appointment with the doctor. She’s been in the waiting room for an hour and a half. B: What time is it now? 4. A: It’s midnight. The baby has had a fever since 9 P.M. and her temperature still hasn’t gone down at all. It’s time to call the doctor. B: How long has the baby had the fever? E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 94) 1. I lived there for a year. I really miss that place. 2. We’ve worked with him for six months. We’re getting along so well. 3. He’s kept the secret all week. I know he’ll never tell anyone. 4. She studied physics for two years. Then she changed her major. 5. I’ve had a dog for a long time. I love him. 6. I owned a car for years. I sold it when I moved. 7. They worked there for three years. Then they were laid off. 8. I’ve played the piano for years. It relaxes me.


CHAPTER 5 A2: (pp. 102-103) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 105) 1. What’s happening this week? 2. Jack has been visiting his grandparents. 3. It’s been raining all day. 4. They’re living in Florida. 5. He’s been sleeping on the sofa. 6. She’s been exercising at the gym. Informally Speaking (p. 108) A: You been going to the study sessions? B: No. I been writing my English paper all week. It’s due tomorrow. B5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 108) 1. A: What’cha been doing all day? 2. B: I been visiting my friend. 3. A: You been feeling OK? 4. B: No, I been having some problems with my back. 5. A: You been exercising at all? 6. B: I been walking a lot. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 110) 1. A: I’ve been reading the latest John Grisham novel. I can’t put it down. B: Really? I’ve been thinking about reading it. 2. A: I haven’t been feeling well for a few months. B: Really? I was sick for a few months too. 3. A: So what have you been doing lately, Helen? B: I’ve been volunteering at the hospital. I enjoy it so much. A: I volunteered at the hospital for a while. I found it very rewarding. 4. A: How are your children, Max? B: They’re good, thanks. What about yours? A: Terrific. I just visited them in Chicago. B: Really. I’ve been going to Chicago for medical treatments this year. 5. A: So, Helen, have you seen Eddie? B: No. I’ve been trying to call him for days, but his phone has been busy from

morning until night. A: I know. He’s always online. I was trying for a while, too, but I gave up. 6. A: So what else is new, Max?


B: I’ve been learning to play chess. I love it. A: Oh, I love chess, but I haven’t been playing at all since I moved here. Maybe I

should start again. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 114) 1. I’ve been painting my office all morning. 2. He’s already taken a shower. 3. They’ve been giving free samples in the supermarket since yesterday. 4. We’ve known each other for only two months. 5. My sister has interviewed at that company. 6. The manager has been waiting for you. Hurry up! 7. I’ve lived here since last year. 8. We’ve just seen that movie.


CHAPTER 6 A2: (pp. 122-123) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 126) In 1928, Amelia Earhart became the first woman to fly across the Atlantic. Ten years before, she’d been working as a nurse’s aide when she visited an airfield near Toronto. She made up her mind that she wanted to fly an airplane right then. After her trans-Atlantic flight, Ms. Earhart became an instant heroine, although she really hadn’t flown the plane. Her two male companions hadn’t let her touch any of the controls. But the world didn’t care. Charles Lindbergh had crossed the Atlantic a year earlier, and many aviators had been trying to repeat his successful flight since then. Sadly, fourteen pilots, including three women, had died since Lindbergh’s triumph. Because Ms. Earhart had been embarrassed about her role in her first trans-Atlantic flight, she seemed more determined than ever to fly across the Atlantic alone. And that’s exactly what happened in 1932 when she finally flew over the Atlantic by herself. Informally Speaking (p. 129) A: Did you see Dan and Maria at the party last night? B: Dan’d already left by the time I got there, but I saw Maria. B6: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 129) 1. She’d never been alone in the woods before. 2. Her family’d gone camping when she was young. 3. Her father’d taught her the skills she needed. 4. No one’d prepared her for this experience, though. 5. Why’d she signed up for this program? 6. Who’d she been trying to impress? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 132) 1. The patient’s condition had improved by the time the doctor came. 2. By the time the plane landed, we had gotten to the airport. 3. I entered the building before I took off my hat. 4. The emergency crew arrived after the building had collapsed. 5. I saw Betty before she heard the news. 6. He became vice president after he had worked hard. 7. After I called my mother, I spoke to my sister. 8. Even though she’d hurt her wrist, she went to work.


D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 137) 1. I had just picked up the phone when the doorbell rang. 2. He was a good writer, but he’d written a boring book. 3. We’d been eating dinner before we heard the news. 4. I’d waited at home until she called. 5. I didn’t want to read the book because I’d seen the movie. 6. I wasn’t surprised by the traffic because I’d been listening to the traffic report. 7. We took the class because many people had recommended it. 8. She’d left town by the time I tried to contact her.


CHAPTER 7 A2: (pp. 146-147) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 150) The Abominable Snowman of the Himalayas and the Loch Ness Monster of Scotland are two creatures that may or may not be real—that depends on your beliefs. If you ask someone about them, they may respond, “That can’t be true,” or they might respond, “That must be true.” Over the years, it has been difficult to separate fact from fiction as stories about these creatures continue. Could it be true that an apelike creature with long hair lives high in the Himalayas? Could the large footprints found there belong to such a creature? While many scientists say this has to be a myth, others claim that there may be some kind of creature out there. But no one knows for sure. In Scotland, could there really be a mysterious water monster with a long neck and a large body like a brontosaurus? Many claim that there’s got to be some truth to this story that’s been around since the fifteenth century. Just ask the two million tourists who visit the area each year, hoping to see the monster. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 155) 1. The cat could be in the yard, or she might be under the porch. 2. It’s 10:30. He must be on his way home. 3. The trip could take two days—maybe three. 4. He can’t be getting an A. He failed two tests. 5. She must be so tired. She stayed up all night. 6. Your car should be ready. They said to pick it up at two. 7. The cake ought to be ready now. The oven timer just rang. 8. He might not be working right now, or maybe he is. Who knows? D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 162) 1. It might rain next week. Let’s make a different plan, just in case. 2. The plane should arrive on time since it left on time. 3. The package will arrive tomorrow. I sent it by express mail. 4. There could be a storm tomorrow so let’s be prepared. 5. The car shouldn’t give us any more problems. It’s been repaired. 6. In a few years, they won’t be selling that type of computer. 7. In 20 years, we might be using robots to do housework. Who knows? 8. She ought to be here any minute. She left an hour ago.


CHAPTER 8 A2: (pp. 168-169) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 172) According to a recent poll, many people believe that aliens must have visited the earth at some time in the past. They believe that experts and government officials shouldn’t have ignored the sightings of unusual flying objects and strange lights that people have reported over the years. In fact, a group of experts has conducted the first scholarly investigation of unidentified flying objects (UFOs) in 30 years. They argue that by ignoring reports of UFOs, we may have overlooked important information that could have led us to new discoveries. They point out how scientists in the past ignored reports of meteorites by saying that these objects couldn’t have fallen from outer space. Looking back now, experts agree that it was inappropriate to assume that those reports were lies or dreams. UFO believers are delighted with this news. According to one believer, “It’s about time. The scientific community should have done this a long time ago. But it’s also sad. They must have ignored hundreds, or maybe thousands, of good pieces of scientific data. They shouldn’t have been so naïve.” Informally Speaking (p. 175) A: This traffic is terrible! We should-uv stayed in the office! B: Yeah. We could-uv left after rush hour. B5: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 175) A: I’m sorry I’m late. I should-uv called you. Then you could-uv met me downtown. B: That might not-a worked anyway. I didn’t get out of work until six. And then there

must-a been fifty people waiting for the elevator. It took me ten minutes to get out of the building.

A: So where’s Linda? She should-uv been here by now. She must-uv forgotten. B: I doubt that. She could-a gotten stuck in traffic, or she might-a left work late, too.

Let’s sit down over there and wait for her. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 177) 1. Neanderthals may have built shelters for safety. 2. They couldn’t have sewn their clothing. 3. They can’t have lived in Africa. 4. They have to have had a language. 5. They may not have had a complex language. 6. Cold weather might have driven them into Asia. 7. They could have died because of disease or change in climate.


8. They couldn’t have been relatives of modern humans. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 182) 1. All the students were supposed to apply for the scholarship, but John didn’t. 2. John had the opportunity to leave early, but he stayed. 3. It was a good idea to ask the teacher for help, but John didn’t do it. 4. John’s school required him to take two English courses. 5. John was allowed to register late. 6. John promised to call his parents yesterday, but then he forgot to do it. 7. John had two job opportunities: one at a bank and one at a department store. He chose

the department store. 8. I was sorry that I didn’t call John last night.


CHAPTER 9 A2: (pp. 192-193) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 195) 1. Last year some research was being done on smiling across cultures. 2. I was asked to join the study after it began. 3. A number of questions were being studied at the same time. 4. For example, is the general meaning of a smile always understood? 5. Why is the mouth covered in some cultures? 6. Is it true that smiles are reserved for friends and family in some cultures? 7. The results of this research were reported at a psychology conference. 8. The results are also being published in a popular psychology magazine. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 199) 1. Twenty-five students were asked to participate in a research study. 2. Each student took a test. 3. The test was designed to measure cultural attitudes. 4. The instructions were given by a graduate student. 5. Several sentences were read aloud. 6. The students were looking at some pictures at the same time. 7. The students matched the sentences with the pictures. 8. The results were reported by the professor on his website. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 203) 1. Visitors are asked not to smoke in this building. 2. French is spoken in Quebec. 3. We called Julie at the hospital yesterday. She was permitted to speak to us briefly. 4. Several people were injured by a falling tree. 5. The book was written in 1966. 6. Your assistance is appreciated.


CHAPTER 10 A2: (pp. 212-213) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 215) 1. What can be done to control violence among children? 2. The average twelve-year-old has seen thousands of violent incidents on television. 3. Childhood violence has definitely been linked to television and video games. 4. According to experts, children under two years of age shouldn’t be allowed to watch

television. 5. Older children can be permitted to watch a limited amount of TV. 6. Parents should monitor the programs that their children watch. 7. Parents will protest against TV stations that show violent programs. 8. Will violence be reduced by these actions? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 219) 1. Have you ever been blamed by someone for something that you didn’t do? 2. I was punished by my fifth-grade teacher for someone else’s bad behavior. 3. Later that year, I was sent for by the principal. I was so scared! 4. I was chosen by the school to represent my school at a student conference. 5. I was allowed by the school to miss classes for a whole day. 6. At the conference, we were given lunch by the conference organizers. 7. I wrote an article about the conference. It was published by the publisher in my local

newspaper. 8. Not long after, I was interviewed by another newspaper in the next town. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 222) 1. Tonight we bring to you the following question: Could the latest school violence have

been prevented? Our panel is a group of parents, teachers, and psychologists who have each been personally touched by the issue of school violence in recent months.

2. I’d like to summarize what has been covered so far. First, it is generally assumed that mental processes are accompanied by changes in the brain. Similarly, it is assumed that changes in the brain accompany the encoding, storage, and retrieval of information. In other words, memory is a mental process that is accompanied by changes in the brain.

3. It was a great weekend. The most experienced managers were sent to the new facility in Phoenix, Arizona. We were required to spend two weeks training newcomers, after participating in several workshops on interpersonal relations.

4. Tonight’s performance has been canceled due to the weather. Tickets will be refunded at the ticket office, beginning on Monday, January second. Refunds can also be arranged by mail. For further information about mail refunds, press 2. Thank you.


5. They’re not gonna accept this unless you bring another form of identification with you. Look, it says right here that two forms of identification are required. Take a look at the list of acceptable documents that’s given in the manual on page 43.

6. A look at the future, brought to you by the United Fabric Guild. In a few years, clothing will be made of antibacterial fabrics. Odors will be eliminated, which means that deodorant will no longer be needed. Also, more industrial materials like Kevlar, Teflon, and Tyvek will be used to make durable, cutting-edge clothing.

7. Remember, BASIC is one of several programming languages that are used for personal computers. Now, learning to understand and use BASIC, or another programming language, can be considered very much like learning a foreign language. BASIC has its own vocabulary and a set of rules that must be followed when using that vocabulary.

9. Several aftershocks were again felt this afternoon by survivors of the latest earthquake to hit the area. No major damage has been reported, although unconfirmed reports of gas leaks in outlying areas are being investigated as we speak.

Informally Speaking (p. 224) A: Guess what? I’m going to get promoted to district manager. B: Congratulations! D3: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 224) 1. Do you think you’ll get sent to the convention in Hawaii? 2. I might get promoted soon. 3. John may get transferred to the Boston office. 4. He got accepted by Harvard Business School. 5. Liz got caught breaking the rules. 6. She could get fired. 7. Steve finally got rewarded for all of his extra work. 8. He got nominated for a special award yesterday.


CHAPTER 11 A2: (pp. 230-231) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 234) 1. I try to relax when I drive. 2. Experts recommend learning simple breathing exercises. 3. Breathing a certain way can calm your mind almost immediately. 4. Most of us don’t allow ourselves to breathe deeply and release tension. 5. If you can’t seem to relax, simple breathing exercises can help enormously. 6. Anytime you feel stress, remember to breathe in, breathe out, and relax. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 240) 1. I stopped helping John. 2. I didn’t remember to put gas in the tank. 3. I tried to take fish oil. 4. I regret to tell you that she left. 5. I stopped to buy the newspaper. 6. I’ll never forget meeting the President. D1: Listening for Form (p. 245) A: You should consider taking a vacation. You could spend some time relaxing. B: I can’t. I’m busy working on a project that’s due soon. My boss has told me to finish

it as quickly as possible. A: I know. That’s the point. Aren’t you sick of working? B: Well, instead of taking a long vacation, I might be interested in going away for a

weekend. But I’d have trouble leaving before noon on Saturday. I save Saturday morning for catching up on my office e-mail.

A: Didn’t you promise to relax more? E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 248) 1. The doctor advised my friend not to work so hard. 2. I asked the doctor to recommend some exercises. 3. She had us call a health club. 4. They didn’t mind us calling in the evening. 5. We arranged to speak to the manager. 6. My brother invited us to come over. 7. The roads were wet. I worried about my friend’s driving in the rain. 8. Before we left, the manager made us leave a deposit.


CHAPTER 12 A2: (pp. 256-257) Please refer to the book excerpt in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 260) Although the common cold is generally not serious, it causes people to be absent from work and go to the doctor more often than other illnesses. The majority of colds come from contact with surfaces that people touch frequently. People transmit the cold viruses on these surfaces to their eyes, noses, and mouths. Once the symptoms appear, there are many treatments for relieving the discomfort. Whatever a person does, unfortunately, a cold will probably still last from six to ten days. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 263) 1. I drank orange juice with my breakfast this morning. 2. Apples are supposed to be very healthy. 3. I need a new doctor. Mine has retired. 4. I have a friend who works for Dr. Garcia. I’ll ask her if she recommends him. 5. Please have some soup. I made it myself. It’ll help your cold. 6. I made an appointment with Dr. Garcia after I spoke to your friend. I’m going

tomorrow at three. 7. I’d like to find a book about herbal medicine. Do you know of any? 8. I took cough medicine last night before I went to bed. It didn’t help. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 267) 1. The salesman showed me a beautiful blue shirt and a plaid tie. 2. My neighbor’s daughter was selling candy to make money for her school trip. 3. We’d like to invite a writer to come and speak to our creative writing class. 4. I went to a wedding yesterday. 5. What are they fixing on your car? 6. Is that new CD on the top shelf? 7. Please hold on for a minute. 8. I sent them a check last week, but they didn’t receive it. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 273) 1. I threw out the carrot. It was rotten. 2. Almonds are a high-fat food that is actually good for the heart. 3. The National Cancer Institute is carrying out research on the effects of garlic for

preventing and treating cancer. 4. I cooked food that was good for her cold. I made chicken soup with garlic and pepper

in it. 5. The onion has many health benefits, according to the latest research.


6. I had a cold for only a few days this time. I was lucky. 7. My doctor thinks people don’t need to take vitamins if they eat properly. 8. A headache can last for a few minutes, hours, or days.


CHAPTER 13 A2: (pp. 280-281) Please refer to the newspaper article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 284) 1. I like to wear clothes that express my individuality. 2. The dress code, which is very casual, is being eliminated. 3. I was talking to Ms. Chang, who is the manager. 4. In some banks and law firms, the dress code is still very conservative. 5. Barker Bank, which has a strict dress code, seems out of date. 6. We used to wear clothes that were more formal. 7. At some companies, the men don’t have to wear ties anymore. 8. Everyone likes my boss, who dresses very casually. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 289) 1. Which one is your boss? 2. What do you think about the dress code? 3. Which computer isn’t working? 4. Who’s on the phone? 5. Who’s going to lunch with you? 6. Who is Juan’s neighbor? 7. Which books are yours? 8. What did they say you should wear? D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 295) 1. My sister, who lives in New York, has two children. She calls me on Saturdays. 2. Have you met her brother who works at the bank? He’s not as tall as the younger one. 3. Give me the sheet of paper which has the list of names. It’s next to those other papers. 4. The man who is talking is my boss. Do you know the men who are sitting with him? 5. She showed me her necklace, which had beautiful stones. She got it for her birthday. 6. Her grandmother, who lived until 80, was a teacher.


CHAPTER 14 A2: (pp. 302-303) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 306) 1. The team that played didn’t do very well. 2. The equipment which broke is expensive to repair. 3. Did you hear about the team that we beat? 4. We didn’t know about the rules they changed. 5. I didn’t meet the player they called. 6. The man who called wanted to join the team. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 310) 1. A woman I know has become a professional hockey player. 2. She started out on a local boys’ hockey team, which she quit to join a girls’ team. 3. She had a wonderful coach, who her parents adored too. 4. Two women who I knew in high school became professional athletes. 5. My high school, which didn’t have a lot of money, actually had a sports program for girls. 6. Well, the sports they offered girls in my high school weren’t that interesting. D1: Listening for Form (p. 315) 1. Do you know the woman he’s married to? 2. The man who he spoke to helped quite a bit. 3. Let’s look at the book I brought in. 4. Did you meet the people he works with? 5. Did you see the doctor? I was waiting for her. E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 318) 1. A: Did you buy the CD I told you about? B: No, not yet. 2. This lecture will explore two issues about which you’ve already read a great deal, and

one more with which you may be unfamiliar. 3. Ladies and gentlemen, there is someone in this room whom we would all like to

thank. Let’s have a round of applause for Robin Strauss, who has worked tirelessly for the last six years.

4. Scotty, please pick up the magazine you were just looking at. 5. The court has the list of the witnesses whom you will call. Be advised that . . . 6. After you beat the eggs, pour them into the bowl you mixed the dry ingredients in.



CHAPTER 15 A2: (pp. 328-329) Please refer to the selections in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 332) 1. I wish we could spend more time together. 2. If we were married, our phone expenses would be less. 3. If you finish your term paper by Wednesday, take an early flight on Thursday. 4. If you find a good job, I’ll move there. 5. Don’t you wish we attended the same university? 6. If our summer plans don’t work out, it doesn’t matter. 7. Would you be upset if I didn’t want a big wedding? 8. If my parents don’t approve of our wedding plans, do you want to elope? Informally Speaking (p. 334) A: I need a jacket, but nothing fits me. I wish I was taller. B: If it was earlier, we could go to another store. Let’s do that tomorrow. B6: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 334) 1. If I wasn’t so tired, I’d go out for a cup of coffee with you. 2. What would you do if it was too late to take the bus? 3. I wish my boss wasn’t so unfriendly. 4. If he was ready, we could leave now. 5. She’d tell you if she was mad at you. 6. Don’t you wish he was going with us? C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 337) 1. You have reached A and H Healthcare. If you want to speak to a representative, press 1. 2. If I am elected, I’ll lower taxes and spend more money on education. 3. If a holiday falls on a Thursday, the company usually closes for the weekend. 4. It’s 3 A.M. If you don’t turn down the music, I’m going to complain to the police. 5. I’ll help you this morning if you help me this afternoon. 6. If it snows hard, you should get a ride with Lauren. 7. Generally, the mall is crowded if it’s raining. 8. Call me if the flight gets delayed. D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 341) 1. Would you mind if I came late? 2. What’ll you do if the bus arrives late?


3. Would you quit your job if your boss didn’t treat you well? 4. If you could have dinner with a famous person, who would you choose? 5. Will you be home later if I call? 6. Would it be OK if I used your phone? E1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 345) 1. I wish I didn’t have a cold. I’d go out tonight. 2. I wish this book had pictures. It would be so much easier to follow. 3. If only I had free time, I’d volunteer at the hospital. 4. I wish I didn’t have a car. It’s so much trouble. 5. I wish he’d get a safety lock for that window. 6. I wish there weren’t a limit for carry-on luggage on planes. Then I could take more

bags. 7. If only I didn’t have a credit card, then I couldn’t spend so much money. 8. I wish you would get rid of your guitar.


CHAPTER 16 A2: (pp. 352-353) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 355) 1. A: Do you agree with what I did? B: Not really. If it had been me, I wouldn’t have interrupted him. 2. A: Would you do anything differently next time? B: If I had another chance, I’d prepare more for the interview. 3. A: If it had been you, would you have come so late in the evening? B: No, I wouldn’t have. 4. A: What do you think about the introductory course? B: If I had listened to my roommate, I wouldn’t have taken it. 5. A: Have you ever thought about moving? B: Yes, if I’d had my way, we would have moved to Seattle. 6. A: You didn’t call. B: I know. I would have called if it hadn’t been so late. Informally Speaking (p. 357) A: The waiter overcharged me for lunch today, but I didn’t say anything. B: Well, I woulda shown him the mistake. I sure wouldn’t-uv paid the extra money. B4: Understanding Informal Speech (p. 357) 1. Would you-uv chosen a different career if you hadn’t married so young? 2. If I had studied, I might-uv done much better on the quiz. 3. We wouldn’t-a been so late if the car had been working. 4. If I hadn’t been careful, I could-a had an accident. 5. I would-uv been late if I’d missed the bus. 6. If I hadn’t scored, we wouldn’t-uv won the game. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 360) 1. What would have happened if John F. Kennedy hadn’t been shot? 2. Would he have ended the Vietnam War sooner? 3. Would he still be in politics? 4. Would the sixties have been different? 5. Would the students still have rebelled? 6. Would the world be a safer place right now? 7. Would your country be any different? 8. Would there have been a nuclear war?


D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 364) 1. I wish I’d read about World War II before I saw the movie Saving Private Ryan. 2. If only I’d been home when the phone rang. 3. If only she’d been elected to the council, then she’d be able to represent us. 4. I wish you had called at the end of your exam. 5. We would’ve flown home but we couldn’t get reservations. 6. If only the tree hadn’t fallen on the driveway as I was leaving. 7. Don’t you wish you had taken a day off last week instead of today? 8. I wish I had stayed, but I had a headache.


CHAPTER 17 A2: (pp. 372-373) Please refer to the website article from the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 375) 1. Find out what opportunities are out there. 2. If possible, find out who your boss would be. 3. Decide if you would work weekends or not. 4. Demonstrate how you will achieve the company’s goals. 5. Figure out whether you want to work for a big or small company. 6. Don’t assume that you’ll find work immediately. 7. Decide what you want. 8. Consider whether or not you would work part-time. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 380) 1. Do you know what time the show starts? 2. I was wondering why John’s not taking the job. 3. Do you know what office she works in? 4. Our meeting’s been postponed. 5. Please tell me if you got the raise. 6. Do you know whether the mail has come? 7. Can you tell me what time the meeting is? 8. Could you tell me what the most important advice for a job hunter is? D1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 386) 1. Linda is going to meet us tonight. 2. Someone’s at the door. 3. He regrets that he left the party. 4. I’ve decided I’m going to buy more insurance. 5. He admitted he was wrong. 6. I thought she was sleeping when I called.


CHAPTER 18 A2: (pp. 392-393) Please refer to the magazine article in the Student Book. B1: Listening for Form (p. 396) 1. I asked Scott what he wanted for his birthday, and he said that he didn’t know. 2. I asked if he wanted some books. 3. We said we’d call him back on Monday. 4. He asked if we could call on Tuesday instead. 5. He told us he had a special date on Monday night. 6. That made us curious. We asked him who he was going out with. 7. He politely answered that it was none of our business. 8. We asked him if he had any secrets he wanted to tell us. C1: Listening for Meaning and Use (p. 401) 1. He asked me if he needed a prescription. 2. I told you that she has a headache. 3. She said she’ll call when she gets the results. 4. He asked when the results would come. 5. She said they would come tomorrow. 6. She told me that I’d missed my last appointment. 7. I informed them that my ankle was sprained. 8. He said they’d call back that day.


Documents

Grammar Sense [Extras]